🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 1🌹
🌻 The Elder Brothers of Mankind - 1 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖 Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 Most Sacred Treasure of the Mountain 🌷
When we set forth on the path to the Light and try to act in the right way, we often find that our behavioural patterns are stronger than ourselves: we easily fall back into engrained habits. In order to liberate ourselves, we need help.
We get it from those who have liberated themselves already. These are the teachers, the Masters of Wisdom, who are also called the Elder Brothers of mankind or the Hierarchy. They can show us the direction and lead from the unreal to the real, for they have walked the way themselves. They know our problems from their own experience, because they have gone through similar problems as we do. Therefore they don’t laugh at us when we make mistakes or fall. They got help from their masters. Thus they have awoken to the truth and become representatives of truth.
Therefore it is helpful to follow the footsteps of these advanced human beings. They guide and support us out of compassion. However, they can only help us from a certain point. They are powerless, if we don’t take the first steps and work on ourselves in order to take up a new rhythm in our life.
No master, not even the greatest ones like Buddha or Krishna, can relieve us from this; otherwise they would have transformed the whole world long ago. Only if we are ready to transform our personality and to devote ourselves to the work of good will, they can start to work with us.
It is based on our own decision and not on compulsion. The masters respect the freedom of the individual soul. It has to decide for itself if it wants to take shelter under a higher rhythm or not.
🌷 The term “master” means an expert. 🌷
In a spiritual context the expression is used for the high souls, who have gained mastery over life.
Another name for master is Yogi, but also soul or universal consciousness. The different masters are expressions of the One Master, who is also called “Ishvara” in Sanskrit, meaning “master of all that is”.
They are individual souls, who have become channels of THE MASTER, the master consciousness. The names of the masters are but name tags relating to the One Master.
🌷 Every master is an outpost of the master consciousness. 🌷
He can lead us to that consciousness and won’t interpose himself. He who has realised the master consciousness in himself becomes a channel for the master light and thus is called a master. Everyone who experiences the Master in himself has the connection with the masters. The Master in us and the Master in form of a master is the same; he is for us the reflection of our own higher self.
Source used : K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Occult Meditation / notes from seminars / E. Krishnamacharya: The Masters of Wisdom.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 07/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
![]()
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 2 🌹
🌻 The Elder Brothers of Mankind - 2 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖 Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 Gaining a Right Understanding 🌷
Many people would like to come into contact with a great master. For this some set out to search in the Himalayas or at another place. But a master is not a statue which you can visit at a place. He can stay everywhere and nowhere, he decides to whom he reveals himself.
Nothing can prevent him from being here together with us. Physical nearness to a master is not real nearness, but the psychological alignment. People of his closest surroundings might know nothing of him. We too cannot recognise him, even if he is physically present, if we haven’t approached the master in ourselves, the soul.
A man has not yet become a master only because he has been given the title “master”. A master is a human being who has gained mastery over the mind, the senses and the body, who stays firm in the buddhic state as a soul and works impersonally for the Plan.
There are people who deny the existence of the masters, consider them as an untenable hypothesis or even laugh at the wisdom. We should not share our understanding of the masters with such people.
They too will some day arrive at the point where the understanding of this wisdom opens up to them. However, it is important not to treat those who don’t follow the path of light as bad or weak.
Many people comment about the masters on the basis of their own ignorance. Some approach them with their own goals, which they want to have fulfilled, and try to manipulate them. They exploit the wisdom of the masters and go to the extent of harming them.
Judas was a patriot who had expected his master to do away with the Roman Empire and to set up a kingdom. Many Jews had this understanding. When Jesus did nothing of the kind, he was disappointed and betrayed him.
Many people have their own fantasies about the masters. Some have “visions” of the masters, but these are only their own illusions. They see many things, hear many voices and speak irresponsibly about it.
They receive messages from their own source, which they call “master”. They can make the “masters” speak and write everything they want. There are mislead by alluring astral forms and not able to overcome the distortions of the subtle world. As a rule their way of life does not agree with what they pretend, because the wisdom is applied in a wrong manner.
Right discrimination is one of the most important faculties on the path of light. Only under very rare circumstances, when there is the urgent need, the masters appear. Instead that we think we want to see them, we should consider how we could cooperate in the work.
Source used : K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Occult Meditation / notes from seminars / E. Krishnamacharya: The Masters of Wisdom.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 08/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 3🌹
🌻 The Elder Brothers of Mankind - 3 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖 Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 Entering into Contact 🌷
When we are integrated with our inner master, the soul, a master will establish contact with us in order to work with us. It is not the case that we can look at pictures of masters and then chose a master for ourselves, but he establishes the contact with us depending on our abilities. We are not able to know who our master is, but the master knows us.
When we get into the habit of offering ourselves to the master whom we don’t know yet directly before sleeping, we enter into contact with him during sleep. When we consciously and regularly invoke the master in the prayer, he emerges from the heart lotus and gives the necessary impulse to our consciousness in order to inspire us for development and transformation.
Thus the master works from inside and urges us to become an effective worker of good will. Then we are no longer onlookers and visitors, but we accept responsibility and get involved in the work and in the group.
It is not a miracle to produce a contact with the masters; faith and humility alone already bring about the first contact. It is enough to lead an average moral life without aiming to harm others in thought or deed. We should have faith in the existence of higher beings, then there will definitely be a contact with at least one of the masters. It needs not be known to us, but the master will start to work in the form of good thoughts in our mind.
For some time we may mistake the good thoughts as our own but that doesn’t matter. We receive thoughts which never occurred to us previously, and we find interest in new things. The masters see that living thoughts are created in our lives, and we should take care to put them into practice. Thus great changes happen in us.
🌷 The Presence 🌷
We can visualise the master through the view. Then we get his presence through the eyes of the master. Just like an iron piece becomes a magnet itself through the presence of a magnet, we gain mastery, when we see the master. If we cannot visualise, we can just propose the presence of the master and have the feeling to do our meditative exercises in his presence.
Some names of masters have also become mantrams, whose sound we can utter and feel the presence. When we try to carry out in daily life the instructions given by him, the transformation is greatly accelerated.
The presence of the master inspires us towards the light, towards fiery will, study, service and self-transformation. He who continuously conducts this work has no longer the feeling to do something, but to be in the master consciousness. In truth it is the master consciousness radiating through him.
He doesn’t see the master limited to a certain form, but realises that the master works through the form of every being and thus can give his presence. Therefore every master says: “See Me in all that surrounds you!” This is the way to experience the universal consciousness, the master consciousness.
Source used : K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Occult Meditation / notes from seminars / E. Krishnamacharya: The Masters of Wisdom.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 09/Mar/2020
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 4 🌹
🌻 The Spiritual Hierarchy - 1 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖 Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 The Origins 🌷
🌻 The spiritual knowledge reveals itself according to the laws of time. 🌻
An era where it is concealed is said to be a dark time of ignorance. When it is disclosed again, it brightly shines out and seems to be new, as if it were given for the first time.
But according to the wisdom teachings the knowledge exists from the very beginning of humanity, and the great teachers who impart it are called the Spiritual Hierarchy.
There were even teachers since the formation of the north pole and the northern hemisphere, though not in a dense physical form.
In eastern wisdom the first and oldest teacher on the planet is called Kapila, the number consciousness. It took on form and gave the first teachings, as it is believed, from that place which today is called California.
This teaching called Sankya is written down in the third canto of the Bhagavatha Purana of Vedavyasa; it has been rendered in a modern language by K.P. Kumar.
🌷 The wisdom teachings tell that 18 million years ago some spiritual light was planted into man by the Spiritual Hierarchy. 🌷
It was part of the Great Plan to stimulate the mind, in order to awaken the awareness of the “I AM” and thus to make man self-conscious. This crisis of individualisation transformed animal man to a human being.
With the blossoming of mind today’s influence of the Aquarian age brings about a second crisis, in order to make man finally a spiritual being, a member of the fifth kingdom of nature, of Spiritual Hierarchy.
The soul takes on a higher rhythm and transcends the human kingdom.
🌷 Today’s Opportunity 🌷
Since thousands of years it is said that man has to be reborn a second time, in order to work on a higher plane in the spirit.
We have the choice to adjust ourselves to the Light, the Love and the Life of spiritual nature and use or miss the opportunity.
If we miss it, we are like the many who remain in a lower cycle for a long time. For those who want to ascend there is the help of the Great Ones who have lead the way.
🌷 Whether we are ready or not, the higher energies will intensely affect our bodies. 🌷
We have to align our personalities higher, in order to be radiant enough to withstand them. From the standpoint of Hierarchy the time is running short.
Therefore it manifests in manifold ways, in order to inform us, so that we understand the process and can adapt to it.
It is the vision of Hierarchy that within the next 300 years humanity undergoes a great transformation. Humanity will transcend death and experience the continuity of consciousness and thus immortality.
A remarkable large number of mankind will be convinced of the immortality of man; it will nearly become routine talk, like today it is with the internet. There are people who consciously work for this; they continuously impress the consciousness of mankind with this truth of immortality.
🌷 Hierarchy makes its presence felt stronger and stronger. 🌷
There are most various reactions on this, like rejection and prejudices, but also dreamy idealisations or gushing channelling which pretends to be in contact with the highest circles. Only those who can forget themselves and devote themselves to service with pure intention can be channels.
When about 120 years ago H.P. Blavatsky brought out the truth about the existence of Hierarchy, she was exposed to serious calumnies. The same happened with Alice Bailey and others. Some of their followers narrow the work of Hierarchy down to the teachers known to them and according to their understanding.
They doubt the authenticity of other sources or even fight against them. It is said that ignorants easily can transform into tigers and might even persecute us.
Therefore it is better not to share the knowledge with everybody or to discuss about it. Time will break the separatist attitudes.
Sources used: K. P. Kumar: The Teachings of Kapila / seminar notes.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 10/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 5🌹
🌻 The Spiritual Hierarchy - 2 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 The World Teacher 🌷
The work of today’s Hierarchy and the present World Teacher, whom we know as Maitreya or as Christ, already started 5000 years ago. In that incarnation Maitreya was a prince of Benares. In his youth he learned about the then World Teacher, Parasara.
He met the master in the Himalayas and joined his group of students. Parasara revealed to him the divine plan for the coming cycle, and Lord Krishna inducted him into the office of the World Teacher. When Krishna left his body, he promised Maitreya that he would give him his constant presence for the fulfillment of the plan on this planet.
Together with six other masters Maitreya laid the foundation in order to ensure the Path of Light on the planet. For the benefit of posterity he organised the Hierarchy we today call “The White Brotherhood”, and he made thus sure that the Wisdom would be kept alive for humanity throughout the dark ages.
Nearly all heroes who have helped humanity are pathfinders who have worked for humanity under the inner guidance of the World Teacher.
When we say that the World Teacher and Spiritual Hierarchy are today externalising, this means that they are entering into the lives of many. It is a subtle process, one that is already going on since long ages, even if we may not realise or recognise him.
Some think that he has only begun now, because they have opened the window to the Light only now. Some people like sensational news and others like to give these news, but the Work is far from being sensational. If we are receptive and acknowledge the fact of the work of Spiritual Hierarchy, we can co-operate consciously.
🌷 Finding Access 🌷
Many are searching for Hierarchy, but in vain, since they are not willing to take the first small steps to right living. Hierarchy is not interested in dreamers and theorists, it needs people who are givers, not takers. We only can become givers, when we fulfill our responsibilities in the right way; then more and more responsibility is assigned to us.
The disciple following the path of Hierarchy remains simple, a common man among common people, but he inspires those around him to follow the path of truth through his active love and silent, continuous work. When we manifest good work, we are an example for others, so that they get inspired also to follow the path. Wisdom is more taught by being a living example of it than by talking about it.
People who are totally material, mental or emotional don’t find access to the work of Hierarchy, even if they read a lot about it. Many therefore assert that Hierarchy does not exist. A master of wisdom becomes visible for those who have realised the Self. As long as we don’t realise the soul, the I AM, we also cannot meet masters or assimilate their teachings. All teachings of Hierarchy are basically only meant for us to ascend from personality and attune to the higher Self or the Soul.
Sources used: K. P. Kumar: The Teachings of Kapila / seminar notes.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 11/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 6 🌹
🌻 The Spiritual Hierarchy - 3 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖 Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 Accepting Responsibility 🌷
The master or teacher is no other for us than the mirror of our own soul. Since we are used to looking outside of ourselves for guidance, Hierarchy guides us to realise ourselves and decide for ourselves what is right and what is wrong.
We have to learn to think freely and to use our will in freedom to find our way to wisdom. When we want to cooperate with Hierarchy, we have to accept the responsibility for all we are doing. In earlier times the teachers took responsibility for the students. Today they give knowledge and everyone has the freedom to choose. They give the information, but they don’t influence us.
They respect human freedom and help when asked. Thus people are going their ways according to their inclinations, and they are making the related experiences. No doubt everybody makes many mistakes, but this doesn’t matter, because every failure teaches us something. This is the freedom of the Aquarian age.
Today we prepare the seed for all that will come in future cycles. The vision of Hierarchy spreads over centuries and more; we should not think that all development will happen today.
He who walks into light in a greater measure has a greater responsibility to come back and to serve. Those who intensely labour for the Work in this life are not in it for the first time, and they will also continue in future incarnations.
The Masters of Hierarchy keep on coming down to us, in order to restore the Law and to help humanity, but not to set up cults and religions. They are for us an example, so that we develop cordiality, inclusiveness and one-pointedness.
Sources used: K. P. Kumar: The Teachings of Kapila / seminar notes.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 12/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 7 🌹
🌻 The Externalisation of the Hierarchy - 1 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 The Human Potential 🌷
The wisdom teachings explain that it is the greatest privilege to get a human body because only a human body gives the potential to planetary, solar and cosmic experiences.
The Scriptures says, God created man in His image and likeness. Through appropriate training we can transform our body of flesh and blood and gain a body of golden or even diamond light.
The scriptures compare this transformation of milk from out of which butter is extracted and by further refinement ghee – a state which is quite different from milk.
Similarly, the transformation of the human body permits the soul to express itself on all seven planes of creation and thus to become an image of God. This is the goal of the great experiment of the development of the human body.
However, we are souls who have descended into the body of flesh and blood and have lost our true identity.
We are totally imprisoned in the matter of the planet, in search of wealth, power or body-related experience. We no longer know how we can escape from the prison.
The body has a time limit; after the close of one life we come back into a new body where we continue to be imprisoned in our conditioned behaviour.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Notes from seminars. The World Teacher Trust.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 14/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 8 🌹
🌻 The Externalisation of the Hierarchy - 2 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 Shamballa and the Hierarchy 🌷
In this situation, the Hierarchy comes to help the humanity.
The Hierarchy are the Masters of Wisdom who have obtained control over all five elements and have bodies of golden and diamond light.
Away from the civilization and the masses of humanity, they also live in physical bodies and continue to give humanity inspiration and support.
In very ancient times, during the third root race at Lemuria, when the human souls began to settle down on the Earth, the Hierarchy was formed.
It is headed by Sanat Kumara, the Lord of the Planet, whose seat is in Shamballa, hidden in etheric form in the Gobi Desert.
Along with other cosmic Sons of Will, he has descended from higher circles to stay on Earth and to help humanity to ascend.
With regard to the higher planes of existence Shamballa is the highest point on Earth where the Plan for our planet is received.
Shamballa and the Hierarchy have been helping the humanity and have been giving their knowledge. The human beings keep on abusing the sublime knowledge.
Our orientation is more towards the matter than towards the consciousness and the spirit, the basis of existence.
When Atlantis went down, Shamballa saved the mankind and founded centres in other parts of the world which did not sink.
Sanat Kumara even once embodied in Pradyumna, a son of Krishna, so that the Great War did not lead into the abyss. The Shamballa energy also intervened in World War II.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Notes from seminars. The World Teacher Trust.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 15/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 9 🌹
🌻 The Externalisation of the Hierarchy - 3 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 The Planetary Throat Centre 🌷
The Hierarchy is looking for suitable individuals who can join it; but there are only 10 to 12 such people in a century.
However, the hierarchy is interested in all who want to collaborate, who offer their work, without being oriented to remuneration, and who strive to meet the necessary requirements so that the Light can be expressed by them.
Many people start to develop extrasensory perception through refined sense organs. When they are willing, they are trained as disciples.
The Hierarchy wants to express through this group of humans. They represent the throat centre for humanity. The throat receives and transmits, and only man has the ability to speak.
The throat centre is called in Sanskrit as Visuddhi meaning “extremely pure”. Only if our throat is very pure, we can become a mouthpiece of wisdom.
The throat centre is best cleaned by speaking the truth and by speaking with love to create harmony and no conflicts. Only with a pure throat mantras can be uttered effectively.
Like the throat centre mediates between the three higher and the three lower centres, so shall humanity mediate between the higher and lower kingdoms.
To activate the throat centre of humanity in the right way, we must express through our speech and action love, goodwill and service; these are the principles of the soul.
Often, however, we do not express light but use the language for idle talk. We interpret, manipulate and speak untruth cleverly disguised.
In the civilised world lies or speaking half-truth belong to the way of dealing in business and conversation. Speaking incorrectly contaminates the entire personality.
For the higher beings humanity is the personality. It has become a bottleneck and the manifestation of the Divine Plan is blocked.
Unless a sufficient number of people are pure enough, the Hierarchy cannot express into humanity. All the groups around the world which are waiting for the Hierarchy to externalise are themselves the obstruction.
The aspirants work counter productive to what is planned. We ask the Hierarchy to come but then we stand at the door and obstruct it.
We are informed about the Hierarchy and read books of wisdom but we continue to be mainly occupied with petty things or personal issues. Thus, the Kingdom of God has to wait.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Notes from seminars. The World Teacher Trust.
Continues.....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 16/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 10 🌹
🌻 The Externalisation of the Hierarchy - 4 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 Reversing the Orientation 🌷
To enable the Hierarchy to express through us, we have to orient ourselves vertically towards inside, rather than horizontally into objectivity.
To connect with God, the God-centre in us, is a vertical activity. Meditation means alignment with the Omnipresent who is particularly present in our head-centre.
We can visualize how from above light and love pour in, or align ourselves by imagining above us a white bird, a lotus or a mountain.
By aligning to the divine it can manifest through us. Like with a plug, we connect to the divine to transmit the energy to the surroundings.
When we feel the divine more and more, we can see how the light in the eyes of a man meets the light in us. By experiencing the divine in all we get the touch of the divine.
It takes years of practice until the mind is continuously more occupied with the divine than with the objects. However, it is sufficient to keep on aligning and to remain in the upward orientation.
We do not have to ask for alignment because when asking we are in a mental activity and not in the alignment. When we are aligned, the divine can work through us.
To be able to work with the Hierarchy we have to fulfil our obligations towards the surrounding life and to liberate ourselves from the bondages of obligations.
We have a responsibility towards our bodies, towards our parents and fellow human beings, towards the plant and animal kingdoms.
Today, however, an attitude of receiving prevails. We use the others for our purposes and take from the earth, from plants and animals without thinking to give something back.
Even in spiritual life, prayers are focused on receiving; they are asking for prosperity, longevity, for things for one’s own purposes.
It needs a reversal of our orientation to an attitude of giving instead of receiving. We should think about what is good for others - this is good will; what others need - this is love; how we can intelligently help others - this leads to knowledge and wisdom. And even when we eat, we can offer the food to the Devas; they then take care of our health.
By developing an attitude of service we will come out of our bondages. We do not need to be pro-active with our attitude to serve; it is sufficient to be ready and to respond to what comes to us.
Nature responds to this attentive attitude. When we intonate the OM and send it into the environment, those who need our help will come.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Notes from seminars. The World Teacher Trust.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 17/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 11 🌹
🌻 The Externalisation of the Hierarchy - 5 🌻
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌷 Vertical Alignment 🌷
Once we free ourselves of our self-centred orientation, the Hierarchy is ready to transfer their energies through us into the surroundings.
When we allow the Hierarchy to express through us, we are for them a Bodhisattva, like Jesus was a Bodhisattva for the Christ or Buddha for Adi Shankara. H.P. Blavatsky and A.A. Bailey permitted several Masters of the Hierarchy to work through them.
The same thing happened with Nicholas and Helena Roerich and with Master EK through whom mostly 3-4 Masters expressed.
Our vertical orientation allows the Hierarchy to work through us.
From inside, we know what we have to do and how we should do it - not the books that teach us but the inner light. From the inside, we are taught and guided, enlightened and protected.
The Teachers teach us to relate to the Light. The meditation is: “I stand in the Light and let the Light enlighten me.” The higher impresses the lower; the lower expresses the higher. Thus, the Hierarchy externalises.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Notes from seminars. The World Teacher Trust.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 18/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 12 🌹
🌴 The Devas - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Worlds of Light - Fire Devas 🌻
When a cow eats grass, it transforms the grass to milk. The cow doesn’t know how this alchemical transmutation happens inside.
The wondrous process is guided by intelligences of nature. Everywhere in nature we see these intelligences working; they take care of highly complex processes and sustain structures and patterns in an appropriate manner.
🌻. The modern scientists don’t accept the existence of these subtle beings; 🌻
Master EK calls it a question of maturity for which science still has to wait. The spiritual science calls them Devas; in the west they are called spirits of nature, angels and archangels.
We can imagine the Devas as energy centres which work out the different states and planes of creation. In Sanskrit Divi means radiant and therefore the beings of light are called Devas.
There is a vast number of cosmic, planetary and micro-cosmic intelligences working in us and in the different kingdoms of nature.
Teachers are also called Devas, Guru Devas, enlightened beings that keep teaching others so that they find the Light, too. So the Masters of Wisdom are humans who have reached the status of Devas and they thus become sources of worship.
An individual doesn’t become a Master because others have given him the title “master” but because he is impersonal and can inspire like a Deva.
Devas don’t grant personal favours; they work in an impersonal way like the functions of our body or the planets.
In their essence they aren’t mental and thus work for the plan of the earth. When we rise to the buddhic plane and also work in an impersonal way, we can link up with the devic activity and become part of the team.
All Devas emerge from Devi, the original Light of the World. It is worshipped in a female form, as a female energy, because she is the first emanation or transformation of eternal existence.
That is how the tradition of the worship of the World Mother has come about. In the Vedas she is called Aditi, the Light beyond darkness, which isn’t visible with the eyes.
Any light is a part of that Light; no light is independent of it. Even the enlightened beings pray to her because the various lights emerge from this Light.
Aditi is represented as a circle with a central point. It is recommended to meditate on this symbol, to remain in the centre of the point and to feel the circle around us. When we regularly see the circle through the screen of our mind, a circular door opens.
The light of Aditi is the light of occult sight; it is also called the all-pervading Light which lifts the veil of nature and thus makes us see the Light behind every form and activity.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Sri Suktam / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Vishnu Purana.
Continues.....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 19/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 13 🌹
🌴 The Devas - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Adityas, Rudras, Vasus 🌻
The original Light subdivides into 12 qualities of light. They are called the 12 Adityas, the sons of Aditi. These are the Devas of radiation or of consciousness.
They are the soul aspect of the solar being that expresses through the 12 months of the year as the 12 qualities of the sun signs. In our body we find the 12 sun signs located from head to the feet.
The Adityas work in us as awareness, instinct, intellect and intuition, as thoughts and actions. They are represented by the symbol of the dodecahedron and form the first of three major groups of Devas.
The second group of Devas, called Rudras, contains the Lords of vibration. They create vibrations in the Akasha and thus disturb the original Light, like a pebble thrown into a lake.
Through this “roar of the Rudras” the light is multiplied into 7 lights and the primordial sound into 7 sounds. Rudras are first ray energies; they can create and destroy.
They destroy unity and create multiplicity; they also destroy multiplicity to lead back to unity. Therefore they represent the will aspect of the soul and help us to destroy obstacles.
There are 11 Rudras who transmit their force through the ether. They work with processes of pulsation like respiration, with movement and electric functions.
The third group of Devas are the Vasus, the Devas of materialisation.
The 8 Vasus enable the material manifestation; they govern the evolution and the functions of creation and enable the beings to enter it and to develop. The atom gains its power through the Rudras and its density on the material plane through the Vasus.
Together with the Ashvins Mitra and Varuna, the principle of the left and right energies, of male and female, there are 33 major groups of Devas (12+11+8+2).
Without the physical body we could neither feel nor realise the existence in us of the Deva groups working in us as a unity.
By connecting with them and by visualising their work in the etheric centres we begin to realise their activity in us.
Their ability makes us see and hear inside and outside or use the other senses. This way we slowly become aware of the connection between the physical and the subtle worlds.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Sri Suktam / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Vishnu Purana.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 20/Mar/2020
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 14 🌹
🌴 The Devas - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
Image courtesy: vedicfolks.com (representative)
🌻. The Human Body 🌻
We didn’t contribute anything for the Devas to be with us. It is their act of impersonal love and compassion.
The intelligences working in us suffer immeasurable pain when we abuse them and act irresponsibly with our body and the senses. The Devas in us function in a rhythmical way and, consequently, our body remains healthy.
If, however, our way of life cuts across their rhythm, they slowly recede; then they feel that the body is no more a safe place for them. When, for example, they recede from the digestive system, we feel it as indigestion.
When the Devas in the liver abandon their work, we say, “My liver doesn’t function well any longer.” The Devas stay away until we correct our behaviour. If they don’t return anymore, we have to think of a transplantation.
When we behave well, they continue functioning. They regard the light in us as their saviour and find, “We feel the Light and hence we can remain.”
Our body is the result of a very long work of the Devas, who have created a beautiful abode for the indwelling soul, so it must not be misused.
In the eastern scriptures it says that with the human body prepared by the Devas creation has reached its highest point, for with this body we can experience all the 7 planes of existence.
Hence man is considered the image of God. He is greater than the Devas; they need a human body to come down to earth. The angels need the cooperation with the human beings to be able to carry out the divine plan upon earth.
The beings of the lower kingdoms cannot create a conscious contact with the Devas and ascend to them. We have this possibility through the facility of our human body. But when we don’t know how we have to behave with the body, we imprison ourselves and suffer from problems.
The work of the Devas in us can be increased if we consciously link up to them and act from this consciousness. This way the food we eat can be taken as a gift for the Devas, so that the fire of digestion burns well and they can support us this way.
🌻 Cooperation with the Devas 🌻
Devas are pleased by rituals; therefore healing rituals or invocation hymns have come about to ask for healing with incurable diseases or to ward off the spell of ill-health.
We invite Devas by keeping the space and nature around us free from impurities, decorate them with pure and fine things and sanctify the atmosphere with candles and incense. The various herbal gifts used in the fire ritual are energetically related to different cosmic intelligences.
The Devas are pleased when we offer through fire food which is energetically agreeable to them and they are invoked through the right sounds. So mantrams are chanted and prayers are offered, and then the Devas help us with acts of good will.
In Sanskrit it says, “To invite the Devas and expel the devils invoke OM.” Particularly on the days of full moon and new moon we can deepen the relation with the Devas. If we always do the rituals at the same time, they are even more effective.
The Devas like to cooperate with those who perform acts of charity; we receive their blessings when we help other people or at least give water to a plant or some grains to the birds. In India clothes are distributed to seek the protection and blessings of the Devas for a person.
With daily worship and charity there will be two angels who protect us the whole time. They assign themselves to guide, protect and also enlighten us.
They make visible our personal follies and instruct us how to rectify. The work of the Devas is to help us in the direction we should progress. For this we can ask their cooperation and support.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Sri Suktam / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Vishnu Purana.
Continues.....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 21/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 15 🌹
🌴 Cooperation with the Devas - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Intelligences in Nature 🌻
When we talk to a friend, we feel and experience the entire person and don’t just think of his skull, his eye balls, or his skin. This friend, we know in his entirety, which covers all his details like a mask.
We see the shirt, but not the fibers of which it is made of. We drink a glass of water, but we don’t see the intelligences which make up the characteristics of water.
They are hidden and let the viewer see only the whole. The observing consciousness, too, is a result of many working forces and not only one thing.
When we study nature in its purest sense, for example when we look at how a magnet shows north and south, the question arises why it acts that way.
The scientist says it is the nature of the magnet, but that doesn’t explain why it is so. Is there an intelligence in the magnet that causes it to react that way?
This question refuses any kind of orthodox, scientific reasoning, because, there, intelligence is an exclusive aspect of the biological kingdom.
We have two eyes, ears, and nostrils; two hands, feet, lungs; and a certain number of teeth and bones. There exists a consciousness of numbers, which already works in an embryo and helps with the formation of shapes.
Historians say that some of the numbers were discovered in ancient Egypt, some in India or Crete – from the perspective of the wisdom teachings, this is absurd. The teachings say that numbers are a form of consciousness in nature, which is called Kapila in the East.
It is said that Kapila gave the secret of numbers to the world: Sankhya. Now, historians are searching for a date where Kapila, the author of the Sankya-Philosophy may have lived.
Some claim he lived around 500 B.C.E., other think he lived 1200 A.D.. The wisdom of numbers, however, has existed since the beginning of creation in form of consciousness, an intelligence in nature.
There are several groups of intelligences which generate the different stages and layers of creation.
Modern science does not recognize them, but in the scriptures they are referred to as devas, angels, or archangels. Of them, it is said that they glorify the Lord before his altar.
This means, that these beings confirm the existence of the one Creator. Deva means being of light. There are many of such lights: devas of cosmic, solar, and planetary order.
The sum of all lights in the universe is called Devi, the Mother of the World. All devas emerge from Devi, because she is the light of the world.
The Vedas call her Aditi, the primal light. She is worshipped as the feminine energy, because she is the radiation of eternal existence.
Every light is a part of the One Light. Enlightened teachers are also called devas, Guru Devas, for they teach others to find the Light.
Sources used: K.P. Kumar: Agni. The Symbolism and the Ritual of Fire / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Lessons on Purusha Sooktam.
Continues.....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 22/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 16 🌹
🌴 Cooperation with the Devas - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Children of Day and Night 🌻
In Eastern scriptures, it is explained that the creator made children of day and night: the divine devas and the evil asuras.
The forces of light have the quality of balance while the forces of darkness are aggressive and constantly attempt to get the upper hand.
These apparent contrasts, however, are complement to each other; and, on the spiritual path, we strive for yogic poise.
Thus, we must constantly be careful not to be distracted by other thoughts, but to actually put our good intentions into action.
Devas as well as asuras receive their power through our actions. We should not look for them in the external, but internally.
When we know that potatoes do us no good, but we eat a big portion French fries with ketchup, the devas withdraw from the digestive tract, and we develop a stomach ache.
The devas stay away until we change our behavior. When the system is disrupted even more, the devas do not return at all, and we must think of a transplant.
The devas of the senses, like the sense of smell, hearing, taste, and the visual sense, suffer when we behave irresponsibly.
They are happy when we behave appropriately and care for them. The scriptures say that eating is a sacrifice to the devas.
It is a fire ritual in which the mouth is the fire altar from where the food is transmitted to the digestion in order to be burned.
The devas of the body are happy and support our health when we offer them nutrition which suits them energetically.
We should remember that when we eat and only take the amount that is needed. A prayer goes like this: “I am thankful to the Lord for the food made available.
I offer this food to the Lord of Fire, for his distribution to the devas within the body. May the Lord be pleased. May the devas be pleased with this act of mine.”
Sources used: K.P. Kumar: Agni. The Symbolism and the Ritual of Fire / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Lessons on Purusha Sooktam.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 23/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 17 🌹
🌴 Cooperation with the Devas - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Diversity in the World of Devas 🌻
Sanskrit is the language of the devas, Devanagari.
It is said that Sanskrit was given by the devas to humanity in ancient times and was later adopted by the people of the Himalaya region.
Thus, these people particularly stored the wisdom of the devas.
When something is said in Sanskrit, it tells us about the time, sound, and color aspects of the thing that is created. In their primal form, Sanskrit words thus explain the manifestations denominated by the devas.
The ancient wisdom knows many groups of devas.
Yet, essentially there are three: Adityas (devas of radiance, which work through the Zodiac signs), Rudras (devas of vibration, which destroy obstacles for the sake of progress), and Vasus (devas of materialization, which enable the laws of physics).
Then, there are also the Gandharvas, the lords of musical impulse, and the Pitris, the devas of germination and growth.
All these devas are to be understood as a manifestation of the one Lord, who is the cause of everything.
Sources used: K.P. Kumar: Agni. The Symbolism and the Ritual of Fire / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Lessons on Purusha Sooktam.
Continues.....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 24/Mar/2020
------------------------------------------------------------- x -------------------------------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 18 🌹
🌴 The Deva Kingdom - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌴 Beings of Light 🌴
By living a pure life, we create harmony in us and in our surroundings. Thus, we obtain transparency in our mind and our behaviour.
These are preconditions for the doors to the subtle worlds to open. Mostly we live in the world of mind and of logic, the world of a dim light.
The initiates and the Masters of Wisdom, however, live in a more radiant world of wisdom and of love which is also called the Buddhic plane. This is the realm of the angels and archangels, the Devas.
Divya means world of light, and a Deva is a being of light of the subtle planes of the ether. The initiates form a bridge for us and work incessantly for opening up access to the realms of light.
The modern scientists do not accept the existence of these Devas because they do not yet have access to the higher planes.
The scientists of the spiritual kingdom, however, have detailed knowledge of the cosmic, solar and planetary Devas and their work in us and in nature.
If we have knowledge of these intelligences, we can better understand their work and establish a relationship with them.
Their names already help us to contemplate on them and perhaps gain an experience of them. The Devas like to work with us as we strive for right conduct and work for the welfare of others.
Our contemplation strengthens the Devas. As we remember them and attune to them, their light gets channelled, so that they strengthen us in turn.
Rituals are pleasant to them. We might think that worship of Devas is not necessary because meditation and prayer are enough.
But the ritualistic worship of these beings brings splendour into our lives that can only unfold in this way. Therefore, Master EK combined worship rituals with the yoga of Master CVV.
We need not offer big things to the Devas; it is sufficient to salute them and to be aware of their presence in order to receive their blessing. Then they will cooperate with us in every possible manner.
The Devas are completely impersonal and always work for the whole. Their impersonal love, compassion and action invites us to also work for the Plan in an impersonal way, as do the Masters of Wisdom.
Today Devas are often worshipped in order to gain a personal favour. Certainly they grant their favour, provided we also act like them. A co-worker is helped.
All Devas in creation are an expression of the one divine Light which is also called the World Mother or Devi. The Vedas call her Aditi, the primordial Light, from out of which come forth the various lights.
Teachers are also called Devas, Guru Devas, enlightened beings who teach others so that they too can find the Light. There is a hierarchy of Devas starting from the primordial Light to the matter.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 25/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 19 🌹
🌴 The Deva Kingdom - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌴 Devas and Asuras 🌴
In the Eastern scriptures it is said that the forces of Light, the Devas, and the forces of darkness, the Asuras, were born of the same father, Kasyapa.
He had two wives: Aditi, who gave birth to the children of Light, and Diti, the mother of the children of darkness, the Asuras or demons.
While the Devas are balanced and carry the light of wisdom and knowledge in their being, the Asuras are aggressive and embody the ignorance.
The creation is due to the apparent opposition between Devas and Asuras, each playing their role in the divine drama.
Ignorance belongs to the essence of creation and cannot be eradicated. So there is a constant fight between the divine and the diabolic forces.
Both also act through the humans who are guided by the Light or the darkness. Angels and devils are in us and a part of us.
Depending on how we live, one or the other prevails. The yogis and the Masters of Wisdom are equidistant from both; they try to neutralize the extremes.
The Asuras manifest power through the lower nature for selfish purposes. They are stronger than the Devas and are not satisfied with what they have.
They spread their influence and disrupt the balance of forces. In modern societies, the ignorance about the divine law has been spreading despite an increase of knowledge in today's age of Kali.
But whenever the forces of darkness gain the upper hand and the balance is threatened, the divine Light appears through an avatar who puts the aggressive ones again in their places.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Saraswathi – The Word / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Overseas Messages 2.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 26/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 20 🌹
🌴 The Deva Kingdom - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌴 Groups of Devas 🌴
There are many groups of Devas; the Vedas divide them into three main categories: The Adityas or Devas of radiation, the Rudras or Devas of vibration and the Vasus, the Devas of materialization.
There are twelve Adityas; these Devas of radiation or consciousness embody the qualities of the twelve signs of the zodiac. The eleven Rudras generate vibrations in space; thus, the atoms gain strength and density on the material plane.
These Devas of vibration and force help to destroy obstacles. The eight Vasus bring out creation on all seven planes. Thus, the Devas of matter also shape our bodies.
These thirty one Devas emerge from the Twin Gods who are termed the two Cherubs in the Bible and the Ashwins in the Vedas. They are also picturised as winged horses and they embody the principle of left and right, of male and female, of inhalation and exhalation, of life and death.
In the Vedas these Devas of the supra-cosmic plane are also called the Divine Physicians. They heal the individual consciousness so that it is no longer affected by the beginnings and endings of things.
Behind the creation, and thus behind these thirty three groups of Devas, there are, at the supra-cosmic plane, the Gandharvas, the Devas of musical sounds; they are the Devas of rhythm and periodicity. Within the creation the Devas multiply at various levels, so the Vedas speak of 330 million Devas who are preparing the creation.
We can also arrange the Deva groups according to other categories. There are Devas of wisdom, of periodicity, of protection of the gross and subtle planes.
There exist also souls bound to the dense planes who have lost their body through a sudden death and who hang around confused, close to the dense physical plane. We can help them to find the Light by speaking to them but also with prayers, light and fire rituals.
Besides, there are also ghost created by magic which are but temporary phenomenon occurring through a combination of the five elements. They are a kind of robots; they can be dangerous and can come back.
Demonic beings can also take on shapes like a veil. They have no essence by themselves. When they are destroyed they simply dissolve.
With the bright beings, there are beings like the Masters of Wisdom, Rishis (seers) and yogis.
Some stay in one place and help from there; others move around the planet. They are also called Siddhas. When we align to them, they help us and give fulfillment.
There are further categories of Devas who magnetize, inspire and enlighten through speech, song, music and dance.
Others uplift through communication and imparting knowledge. Other Devas help to give a good design to things. Still other Devas convey experience and the ability to connect with something.
There are Devas of the senses and the elements. If we use our senses wrongly and deal with them in an irresponsible way, the Devas suffer unimaginably. If, for example, we ate something bad, they withdraw and we then say that we have an upset stomach.
Colours are a bridge to the Devas Kingdom; violet connects the visible and the subtle realms and leads to the realization of the invisible. Pure scents and incense invite the Devas to build up a higher vibration in the meditation room.
Devas are not infallible, they also do not know everything. Krishna says in the Bhagavad Gita that only some of the Devas know him because they only came later into creation, from the cosmic egg.
However, they have neither birth nor death; instead, there is a manifestation and disappearance. Their existence is immortal.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Saraswathi – The Word / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Overseas Messages 2.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 27/03/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 21 🌹
🌴 The Deva Kingdom - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌴 Bridge between the Worlds 🌴
The Devas do not have mind like us, but live purely according to the Law, the Dharma.
Although their consciousness is much higher than ours, they can live only in the higher realms; they do not have access to the physical plane.
The beings of the three lower kingdoms of nature - mineral, plant and animal - cannot make contact with the higher realms. Only man can reach the lower and the higher planes.
He can be a bridge to transmit the higher energies to the lower circles and also to ascend into the higher circles. It is said that creation had reached its climax when the Devas had made the human body, and therefore, we are especially privileged.
With our bodies we can experience all seven planes of existence. We can work together with the divine Plan, which is also the Plan of the Devas. If we do not, we block the connections and become a bottleneck for the whole of creation.
The Devas need our help to implement the Plan together with us. All those whom we know as Masters of Wisdom have learned to cooperate totally with this Plan.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Saraswathi – The Word / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Overseas Messages 2.
Continues.....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 28/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 22 🌹
🌴 Lord Shiva - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Three Logoi 🌻
We can make various dishes out of the same vegetables. We create new dishes to keep us from getting bored. Likewise, the many forms of creation have come out of the one divine principle.
There are innumerable forms of expression of the one principle which is also worshipped with many different names. This way the seers of the Vedic and Puranic lore fabricated three basic symbols to explain the three basic forces of creation.
They called the creative power Brahma, the preserving power Vishnu, the Lord of existence, and the destructive or merging power Shiva.
They called the absolute God, who can never be put into words or thoughts, Parabrahman or THAT. The various names only serve our understanding; they don’t mark realities independent from each other.
However, the adherents of the different concepts of God think there are various Lords of the One Existence and that their understanding is the better one. Time and again their ignorance and their claims to supremacy have led to horrible fights.
For an easier understanding at the present time Master Djwhal Khul gives English expressions for the three basic forces. Instead of Shiva he says “Will”, instead of Vishnu “Love” and instead of Brahma “Light”.
Instead of Parabrahman he speaks of the “background consciousness” beyond the trinity and their source. It is important to understand the concept instead of sticking to names.
What is described as Shiva, Vishnu and Brahma is also called the cosmic first, second and third ray or the triangular activity of the cosmic first, second and third Logos.
The first Logos is said to be nude, because he is the original spirit without encasement.
Therefore, Shiva is also presented naked. The first clothing around the spirit is the soul; the further clothings are the mind, the senses and the body, in the human as well as in the cosmic system.
Thus, the second Logos is the encasing to the first Logos; the third Logos is a further encasing, whereas the first Logos himself is not an encasing but the original spirit.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Rudra / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Psychology.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 29/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 23 🌹
🌴 Lord Shiva - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Cosmic Dancer 🌻
The first Logos is also represented as sleeping or described to be as stable and undisturbed as a stone. After having brought forth the creation, he happily sleeps as its basis and allows the work of the second and third aspect.
In India there is the representation how Shiva sleeps and the Mother dances on him. For intellectuals this representation is irritating but for an intuitive person it contains many secrets.
Wisdom is always like that - it appears incomprehensible to the intellect but for the sincere seeker, who looks behind the blind, it gives many clues.
In another poetic expression Shiva as Nataraja is dancing in an eternal dance while he keeps on creating one universe after the other; and if he stops, the creation will collapse.
Therefore, Shiva is considered the highest lord of music; in India those who learn music and dance first touch the feet of the dancing Shiva. The rhythmic, dancing movements of the waves of the ocean of space are formed by the Gandharvas, whose king is Soma.
Soma is regarded as an incarnation of Shiva. He is the reflective principle in creation. All words are nothing but reflections of the absolute Light through the lunar principle.
In the Puranas there is an allegory according to which Daksha cursed the moon to wane until he is dead. Lord Shiva protected him of this curse and took him as the crescent-jewel on his head. The crescent moon represents the potential of awareness.
The thin line, with which the crescent is illustrated, indicates that even if you don’t see the moon any longer at new moon, Soma, the moon principle, is still there.
The potential can manifest itself from time to time; otherwise it remains pure universal existence.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Rudra / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Psychology.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 30/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 24 🌹
🌴 Lord Shiva - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Lord of the Inner Joy 🌻
Through all changes of state of creation Shiva carries a subtle smile on his lips symbolising the state of bliss. He is also called the auspicious one. We all try to be happy, but besides happiness there also exists the shadow of unhappiness.
The wisdom makes us understand that happiness as well as unhappiness alternately appear and disappear again. Shiva teaches us to maintain balance. The permanent happiness comes from linking up to the source, THAT.
Thus Shiva is worshipped as the Lord of inner joy. To meditate on the symbol of the smiling Lord with the crescent moon at his front unfolds the state of bliss.
Allegorically Shiva is represented as riding on the bull Nandi; this is a symbolic illustration that the divine Will rides on the word of God. With enlightening words other people can be uplifted and their souls can be touched.
Thus, Nandi means somebody who has realised Ananda, bliss, by experiencing God and thus is expressing the direct impulse of Shiva.
Master EK says that esoterically Nandi means the gap between the pineal and the pituitary, which is filled with the light of self-awareness by a Yogi when he experiences God or highest bliss. In the Mystic Mantrams this is called “Higher Bridge Beginning”.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Rudra / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Psychology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 31/Mar/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 25 🌹
🌴 Lord Shiva - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Eye of Shiva 🌻
The higher bridge is the path from the brow centre between the eyes up to the eye of Shiva in us, the higher third eye directly under the hairline.
The brow centre belongs to the pituitary and is the highest point up to which the human awareness, i.e. the personality, can rise. The third eye called Ajna is the seat of the soul and is linked to the pineal gland.
The higher third eye, the eye of Shiva is higher than the Ajna centre. It is the centre of the cosmic first ray, whereas the Ajna centre is related to the second and the brow centre to the third ray.
The eye of Shiva, only opens when it is decided in the higher circles and when there is the necessity to reinforce and to support the will of the individual soul.
It opens for a fresh flow of energies or for sucking in what is in existence. That is why the Scriptures say, “If Shiva opens his eye everything might get destroyed.”
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Rudra / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Psychology.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 01/Apr/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 26 🌹
🌴 Lord Shiva - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Agastya and Shiva 🌻
The cosmic energy called Shiva very rarely uses this centre in man. The downpour is like a shower full of energy.
We can visualise how Lord Shiva closes his eyes and receives an immeasurable energy which descends vertically into his head and disperses. This is symbolically represented as the downpour of the energies of Ganga, the manifestation of the Ganges.
In this way Master CVV assimilated the downpour of the energy of synthesis on 31 March 1910 when it descended from higher circles to the earth. He had been awaiting this energy descending like a flash and was ready to absorb it and to anchor it on earth.
Only Lord Shiva could withstand the energy of Ganga and receive it; it was the same with the Aquarian energy. Therefore, Master CVV and Lord Shiva belong together. In the Puranas it says that Shiva as a God and Agastya as a seer are available in all emergencies.
Whenever there was a big crisis, which others could not succour, Agastya Maharshi (Master Jupiter, the Eldest of the Masters) was invited to manage the crisis.
He worked through Master CVV, and this energy enters into us through a new path which he called MTA (Matter-Time-Atom). It is a new path; the old path is a bit curvaceous according to him.
That is why the Master restructures the Sushumna (energy channel in the middle of the vertebral column) by means of the prayer given by him and thus enables us to receive the energies, so that the work is accomplished faster. He condenses the etheric form in us, so that it remains intact. He did superhuman wonders.
So he simply took mercury (the liquid related to Mercury) held it in his hands and gave it back again as a Shiva Lingam. Such a condensation of mercury is the great process of an alchemist.
The Lingam is a basic symbol of creation, the potential of everything that IS.
The cosmic egg contains all conceivable creational intelligences and for this reason it is worshipped. The spheroid form of the Shiva lingam is regarded as a double pyramid with rounded corners.
An age-old and very effective practice for protection is to build this double pyramid around oneself. We can also build this double pyramid around our group or together for the planet.
This double pyramid is being consciously constructed in us by invoking the angels of all directions and then visualising the pyramid. This is a light-work to ensure the protection of Good Will.
Sources: K.P. Kumar: Rudra / notes from seminars. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Psychology.
Continues.....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 02/Apr/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 52 🌹
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 53 🌹
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 54 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 56 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 57 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 58 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 59 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 60 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 61 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 62 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 63 🌹
🌴 Lord Ganesha - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Sound and Symbolism - 2 🌻
The sound of Ganesha causes profound transformations in us. He rearranges the four-petalled lotus of the base centre and also gives order to our life.
This order generates magnetism in us; life expands and becomes splendorous. Before beginning an important activity, at first the blessing of Ganesha is sought to conduct the work in harmony and to finish it in poise.
The symbols, mantras and rituals related to Ganesha help in this regard.
His symbol is the triangle within the circle with a point in the centre. In a more illustrative form it is the head of the elephant.
When we think of Ganesha, we can visualise our own head functioning as an elephant head.
We can imagine that, by invoking Ganesha, he descends into our head with love and wisdom, so that the day can progress without disturbances. Love and wisdom never create impediments.
We can also visualise the form of our head, the ears and the spinal column in a radiant light as the head and the trunk of an elephant. From the tip of the trunk to the head of the elephant there is happening of a humming sound.
This sound is called Hastinada, the voice of the elephant. It is self-born when emanating from the Absolute and it is also called OM, the sound of silence.
We contemplate on it in the base centre. From there it emerges and moves upwards through all the etheric centres clearing the blockages in our body.
The sound then reaches the Ajna, and then there is the illumination. We can visualise our head as a globe of light and our ears as big etheric ears.
The globe of light is standing on a column of light, the spinal column; a feeble sound emerges from the base of our spinal column and moves up like a serpent.
The Eastern Scriptures contain profound symbolic stories about Ganesha. Thus, he was immaculately conceived by the World Mother, Parvathi.
She prepared a substance and gave it the form of a 5 year old boy, installed vital power and bestowed the power of which she is presiding. Thus, the boy knew the Mother but not yet Shiva, the Father.
When Shiva returned home, to Kailash, the boy refused him entry. Shiva smiled, for he saw that the boy was a creation of Parvathi and carried her power in him.
He told the boy that he is the Master of the house and that he wants to enter. But the boy remained obstinate. He was the son of the Mother but he lacked the knowledge of the Father, the Supreme Self, the pure and absolute existence.
Shiva therefore removed the boy’s head by his most powerful weapon, the Trident (the Rod of Initiation) and replaced it with the head of an elephant, the head of wisdom.
This way the boy was initiated into the I AM consciousness and realised THAT, the Brahman.
The symbol of Ganesha has the wisdom of the Most High, the power of Nature and the skill of action. It is therefore a complete symbol for contemplation.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources:Master K.P. Kumar: Jupiter. The Path of Expansion / notes from seminars.
Continues......
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 10/May/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 64 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 66 🌹
🌴 Lord Ganesha - 6 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Contest with Kumara 🌻
There is a beautiful and helpful story in the Puranas of how the younger brother of Ganesha, Kumara, the cosmic Martian energy, challenged him. He wanted to know who is the faster of the two. Ganesha does not believe in challenge; it is not his quality. He said, “If you like it, let it be so.” Kumara sat on his vehicle, the peacock, flew away quick like an arrow and travelled through the worlds. Ganesha remained seated and smiled. The Lord asked him, “Don’t you want to start?” Ganesha replied, “Your Will will be done.” Then the Lord said, “You move around me three times.” Ganesha did so. Wherever Kumara now arrived he saw that Ganesha was already there. Kumara returned totally exhausted, while Ganesha was simply sitting there. The Lord asked Kumara, “Now, who has won?” Kumara replied, “No doubt, it is Ganesha. Everywhere he was ahead of me.” Kumara now took Ganesha as his teacher, and Ganesha taught him to go inside and to be there with the Father and to realise the Plan of the Divine Will.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Jupiter. The Path of Expansion / notes from seminars.
Continues......
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 13/May/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 67 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 68 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 73 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 74 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 75 🌹
🌴 Indra - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Birthplace of Indra 🌻
One of the responsibilities of Indra is to expand the soul consciousness.
On the path, this begins with the merging of chakras and finds its completion in the blossoming of the lotus that is located directly under the Ajna centre and above the brow centre.
It is called Indra Yoni, the birthplace of Indra. These centres stand one above the other and should not be confused.
The brow centre is the highest point up to which the human awareness can rise as personality. This centre belongs to the pituitary. The third eye or Ajna is the seat of the soul, from where our life is governed through the body.
It is connected with the pineal gland. When the bridge is built between the two glands, light is generated: the soul manifests itself in the personality, and thus Indra is born in us.
This means, when the soul expresses in action, the light of the soul manifests itself. When there is no further need to act, the soul goes back into the third eye.
When coming down, the soul becomes Indra. He is the light on the forehead, the celestial mind in the human body.
To stimulate this light, we utter the Great Invocation: “From the point of Light within the Mind of God, let Light stream forth into the minds of men. Let Light descend on Earth.”
There is also a birthplace of Indra on the higher bridge, at a point above the Ajna centre and below the minor head centre.
The symbol of this place is a circle with a vertical diameter and is called the seal of Indra, where the line symbolises the higher bridge.
Master EK describes that it is formed by the symbol of the sign of Pisces with two fishes running in opposite directions ♓️ changing after the construction of the higher bridge.
The two fishes now rotate and meet one another to form a circle, and the horizontal line changes to a vertical line.
Meditating upon this glyph leads to the birthplace of Indra on the higher bridge.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Sri Suktam / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues.....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 24/May/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 77 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 78 🌹
🌴 Agni - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Fiery Wisdom 🌻
If we wish to learn and practise Agni, this requires that we bring out pure fire. This means that we strive to keep our mind, speech, and action pure.
Otherwise a book like “Treatise on Cosmic Fire” will not reveal itself to us, even if we try to study it. There will come disturbing influences or we get tired when we open the book, and we feel that it is not the time.
Such a book is a living being which sees with what kind of vibration we are approaching it. It is fire arranged in the form of paper.
Each time we connect with it the fire rearranges the matter in the body, and we experience changes in our daily activities.
To be able to approach the book a certain preparation is required. We cannot study it with a busy mind. If we simply read it, everything is like evaporated after a day or two. If, however, we read it with the right preparation, the intelligences described in the book are stimulated and awaken in us.
If you want to associate with such books it is best to read them at a place which is prepared for this purpose. It is best if we light a candle and incense and sit in a reverential posture facing east or north.
It is recommended to never read the scriptures lying on the bed like a novel. We invoke the Master whom we follow and then start reading the book and making our own notes.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Agni. The Symbolism and Ritual of Fire / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Agni Yoga.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 27/May/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 79 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 80 🌹
🌴 Agni - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Subtle Forms of Agni 🌻
In the wisdom teachings there are terms describing the subtle work of fire for which there are no equal terms in the western languages. What is important is to understand the concept instead of stumbling on names.
At the periphery of the fire we can see dancing fire spots called salamanders. In the flame there are intelligences forming the vortexes from out of which the spherical forms develop; these are the Agni Chaitans.
The Sun globe is made of this fire, and it also brings about the rotary movement of fire in us. Another aspect are the pranic elements.
They are of a very fine nature and minutest in their form. They keep the texture of the body together and thus enable its animation. The Agni Suryans regulate our desire body and enable us to grow upward or downward from matter.
When we are attracted by the objectivity, these fire elements make a downward move. And if we are aspiring for something good for humanity, they make an upward movement, and this again enables matter to ascend into subtler states.
The Agni Suryans support us on the spiritual path if we dedicate ourselves to an ideal or a goal and work for it.
This categorisation is very general but it is sufficient for a basic understanding.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Agni. The Symbolism and Ritual of Fire / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Agni Yoga.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 29/May/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 81 🌹
🌴 Agni - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Agnishvattas 🌻
The Agnishvattas are the sacred Manasa Devas which descend from the solar fire, the Second Logos of Love-Wisdom and complete the formation of our mind.
The name of these Devas means that they have put down their fire to procreate.
The Agnishvattas are also known as the Kumaras or the Lords of the Flame.
They are the Eternal Youths, because they stay in the proximity of matter but they do not get involved in matter. They are our awareness.
When we become conscious, the Agnishvattas start functioning as thoughts. They visit us every morning when we awake, and through them we are mentally active when we get up.
They are so active that we do not have time to feel the awareness of existence. Their presence is like a light in a dark room. It does not create order in the room but gives us the clarity to clean up the room.
Like this, the light of the Agnishvattas does not create anything new but it gives us awareness, and in this light we can perceive and act.
This light of the I AM consciousness is a form of Agni. Agni awakens as the point of ignition of consciousness.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Agni. The Symbolism and Ritual of Fire / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Agni Yoga.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 30/May/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 82 🌹
🌴 Lakshmi - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Symbol of the Divine 🌻
In creation, spirit and matter are inseparably linked. In the higher planes more spirit appears and less matter; in the lower planes, spirit is more hidden in matter.
Both are born at the same time from the Absolute God of whom naught can be said. He has no name. It is not right to call him He or She; we have to say IT or THAT. The Vedas speak of TAT.
God in creation is presented as male-female, as Father and Mother. In India, this unity is known as Vishnu and Lakshmi. In its male aspect it is also called Mahadeva and in its female form Sri.
Mahadeva is the origin of the trinity of Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva. Sri is the threefold Mother, Devi, which expresses as Parvati (force and power), Lakshmi (love and splendour) and Sarasvati (wisdom).
Lakshmi means symbol. The Mother is a symbolic representation of the Presence of the One.
Any form is only a representation of the divine idea. The symbol is essentially the Mother. The Lord is present as the Mother, and she shows as the symbol.
The form is the Mother; the content of the form is the Father. The eastern Scriptures say that the Father can be only reached through the Mother. The expression Lakshmi hints at this.
Lakshmi is the Nature in its splendour and its beauty, the divine side of the form. There are many beautiful forms; nowhere, however, is beauty caught in a form but it expresses through the forms.
We are enclosed by envelopes of flesh and blood, and a magnetic, radiant light expresses through us - Lakshmi. The beauty of the inner is vibrant.
Contemplating upon the beauty creates magnetism in our aura and restores the original order. In the East, the form of God is therefore worshipped with incredible beauty.
The expression of beauty, however, should not be excessively expensive: real beauty is simple and pure.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Mantrams / Sri Suktam / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Vishnu Purana.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 02/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 83 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 84 🌹
🌴 Lakshmi - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Births of Lakshmi 🌻
The Puranic scriptures describe the births of Lakshmi. One birth happened during the churning of the Milky Ocean through the Devas of Light and the Devas of Darkness, a poetic description of the formation of the subtle worlds:
From out of the ocean emanated the Divine Lotus and from its midst Lakshmi appeared.
She carried two lotuses in her hands and was surrounded by radiant sheen. Elephants bathed her with the pure waters and decorated her. Then Lakshmi, as the Mother of Love, took her abode in the heart of Lord Vishnu.
From there she looked upon the rows of the Devas, and the Devas were filled with bliss. Some Devas looked at Lakshmi so intensively that they forgot the presence of the Lord.
The Goddess withdrew her blessing from these Devas, and subsequently they experienced a fall: those who let themselves be blinded by richness and thus forgets the Lord experiences a fall.
When we see the Divine, we realise the unity, and the diversity of creation appears in splendour and beauty. If, however, we forget the unity we encounter problems everywhere.
While entering the body we forget our identity. This forgetting belongs to the divine illusion; it enables the creation and allows us to make our experiences in it.
By recollecting that all these experiences are created by the veils of the Mother and are part of the divine play, we come to know the Mother. Through her light we learn to live in the world without being affected by it and the veil slowly withdraws.
On the path of Bhakti the worshipper aspires to merge with the Divine through devotion. To merge in the divine Love is an experience of the highest bliss which can be experienced through the heart centre.
It cannot be understood by reason, and reading about it does not convey the experience. Those who turn their minds inward and act with full devotion can live the splendour and beauty.
The outer should not be neglected; from out of the connection with the Divine we should do everything with loving attention.
A symbol for the expression of purest love is the description that Lakshmi is the consort of Lord Vishnu and always lives in his heart.
From time to time, Vishnu comes down as an avatar and each time Lakshmi accompanies him. When he takes to a Deva form, she appears in a Deva body.
When he comes as a human being, she takes to a human form. During his incarnation as Rama she came as Sita.
When he was born as Krishna, she was Rukmini, the first of the eight wives of Krishna, and she is considered the highest. She was the only one equivalent to him in all aspects and she gave herself to him with total devotion.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Mantrams / Sri Suktam / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Vishnu Purana.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 04/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 85 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 86 🌹
🌴 Saraswathi - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Divine Word 🌻
From a spiritual viewpoint every principle in creation is regarded as an intelligence and also understood as a deity.
The ancient Vedic seers realised that there is a constant flow of energy emerging out of pure existence, the background of all created things, which they described as the Divine Word. They also called it Saraswathi, the Goddess of the Word. Saraswathi literally means the flow.
When the source of the Word is understood as God, the springing forth is an expression of God and therefore continuously with God. The Bible also says, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.”
When we speak, we play the role of the Creator. Ideas keep on coming from out of our subjectivity and as words they go out in various directions. Thus the same happens in the micro-cosmos as in the macro-cosmos.
In the Vedic symbolism it says that Saraswathi emerged from Brahma, the Creator, and immediately flew out into the vastness.
When Brahma saw her beauty, he was so in love with her that he ran after her and made her pregnant. United as husband and wife, they brought forth the creation into objectivity.
The mystery of creation is explained in a similar way in the Old Testament: Eve was taken out of the breast of Adam (wrongly translated as a rib) and humanity then came out of Adam and Eve.
It says that Saraswathi emerges through the four faces of Brahma. This is a pictorial explanation of the four dimensions of the Word.
Three states of its emanation are hidden in subjectivity; the fourth state appears as objectivity. Only one fourth of the creation is visible, three fourth are in the invisible realm.
The manifest universe corresponds to the vocal utterance of a sentence and is called Vaikhari in Sanskrit.
Before we speak, the sentence is formed in the mind. It is called Madhyama and corresponds to the mental form of the universe in the mind of the Creator.
But even before the sentence is conceived in mind, the whole idea exists beyond speech in our subconscious and semi-conscious mind.
This is called Pasyanthi, the state of the word which is with God. It is no longer dormant or static but it has emerged and is dynamic. This can also be compared to the emergence of the Light from darkness.
The state preceding to Pasyanthi is Para, ‘beyond’. Para is the state of pure Existence without an observer which cannot be described; it is the eternity from which the Word emerges as awareness.
The flow of the Word comes from the latent into the potential state. From there it goes to the level of grouping and then to utterance.
The second state is also compared with the conception and the third state with the growth of pregnancy, until finally with birth the body comes forth into the objective world.
If we understand the flow of the four stages of the Word and meditate on it we can understand a bit of Saraswathi.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Saraswathi – The Word / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 09/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 87 🌹
🌴 Saraswathi - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Holy Flow 🌻
Saraswathi is connected with the oceanic consciousness which exists in our head centre.
On the planet this highest point corresponds to the Lake Manasarovar near Mount Kailash. In ancient times there was the river Saraswathi flowing down from this lake.
Along the banks of this holy river, which disappeared and which was considered purely mythological for a long time, great civilisations had developed.
It is said to flow still today subterraneously through parts of the Kashmir Valley, Punjab, Rajasthan and Gujarat and to come fourth again in the future. Recent research and satellite pictures suggest the existence of such a dried-up river.
There is also a place at the confluence of Ganges and Yamuna, where the Saraswathi River is said to join as an undercurrent.
The present name of the place is Allahabad; earlier, it was called Prayaga. Lord Maitreya meditated there for a long time.
The three currents also flow in us as Ida, the power of materialisation, Pingala, the current of spiritualisation ascending from the dense physical to the subtle, and Sushumna, the current which brings the two others into balance.
It stands, in turn, for Saraswathi. The Sushumna runs through the central channel of the vertebral column, from the head to the base centre.
The place of union is in the Ajna centre: When the energies meet, the Light shines forth.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Saraswathi – The Word / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 10/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 88 🌹
🌴 Saraswathi - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Symbols of Saraswathi 🌻
Saraswathi, the Goddess of Wisdom, is represented in resplendent white, the colour of purity. The energy of Saraswathi is purifying. Meditating on the principle of Saraswathi purifies the mind.
In the body we can visualise the seat of Saraswathi on the tip of the tongue, where the word emerges. From the tip of the tongue to the throat there are many cosmic intelligences enabling speech, which is only possible for the human being.
For the intonation of holy sounds it is important to keep the mouth and particularly the tongue pure and not to maintain impure speech.
Saraswathi is represented with a Vina in her hands, a seven-stringed instrument. The Scriptures say that the goddess continues to play eternally and thus keeps the creational process in harmony.
People who listen to the enchanting sound of this music would like to hear it eternally. The seven strings and the seven notes of the scale are associated with the seven centres and the seven planes of creation.
It is an age-old practice to utter the sacred word OM seven times, linking up to the seven centres.
The Word which dwells in the Sahasrara, has its Light aspect in the Ajna centre and brings forth the Anahata sound in the heart centre can thus express itself through the throat. A soft, flowing music also has a healing effect on the vital energies.
Saraswathi does not sit on a lotus but on a resplendent white swan. ‘Swan’ in Sanskrit means ‘hamsa’. It stands for the principle of pulsation, the centripetal and centrifugal movement of respiration and of life.
Saraswathi on the swan shows that consciousness presides over the activity of creation. The swans keep on coming out of her as the movements of the life force and the thoughts.
Hamsa also means ‘Aham Saha’, ‘I am THAT’. Each one of us is an emanation from out of THAT, the absolute God. The mantram ‘Hamsa Siva Soham’ helps us to keep this in our awareness.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Saraswathi – The Word / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 11/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 89 🌹
🌴 Saraswathi - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Mercury and Jupiter 🌻
Whereas Saraswathi is the principle of speech pouring forth into creation, Brihaspati, the cosmic principle of Jupiter, stands for listening.
In the Scriptures, speaking is described as the female or negative pole and listening as the positive pole, these being no value criteria.
Brihaspati enables us to listen to the impression from higher circles, and Saraswathi allows us to express it into the lower planes.
When we listen to the silence and speak in accordance with it, we express the Plan. Thus, the Masters receive the impulses and the Divine intention manifests through them.
Many of our thoughts, however, come from the personality and our actions create the corresponding effects which bind us.
Astrologically, Jupiter stands for the subjective sound and Mercury for speech and the outer sound. Mercury is therefore associated with Saraswathi.
If in the chart Mercury is not well aspected it can be manipulative, dispute causing, overcritical, and judging. Jupiter helps to get the right impression so that Mercury can express it harmoniously.
A well aspected Mercury utters good words and the speakers express their inner intentions in a magnetic language and with joy.
We love speaking because the Creator also was enchanted by it. Brahma, however, also lost himself sometimes and thus he was pulled out into the world by Saraswathi. The Kumaras and Prajapatis then laughed about him.
We also get easily lost in our words and ask, “What did I actually want to say?” Sometimes there is no logic and no coherence in what we say but we keep on talking.
With all talking we are sometimes kept from what we wanted to do really. Then speech is like an overflowing river causing damage.
The current is regulated by dams in order to control the flow so that it can be used for fertilizing the fields. Thus we too should regulate our speech well and speak with care.
When we want to grow spiritually, it is important to use the power of Saraswathi properly and not to hurt or harm anybody.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Saraswathi – The Word / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 12/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 90 🌹
🌴 The Gandharva - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Waves in Space 🌻
The boundless space is no vacuum but it is penetrated by space energies and it pulsates.
These pulsating energies move like waves and are therefore called the waters of space in eastern wisdom. From out of these waves a bubble might form and become a future universe.
This bubble has a certain duration of existence; it is also described as the Egg of Space. It contains innumerable smaller bubbles, the beings within the universe. The content of the beings is the same as the content of the bubble.
It is the essence and is called Narayana in the Scriptures. The name indicates that the essence leads by itself to birth, growth and seeming existence and back again to itself.
The waves are called Gandharvas in the Scriptures. Symbolically they are represented by the sign of Aquarius.
They move according to a rhythm, and when a wave condenses to a universe, the cosmic, solar and planetary planes are created.
The Gandharvas exist on the supra-cosmic plane, unaffected by creation and independent of whether a universe makes an appearance or not.
In creation they appear as the four Kumaras, the four states of existence (pure existence, existence as awareness, as thought and as action).
The Gandharavas can also be understood as the background of every existence. They are the bridge which bridges the fine gap between matter and spirit, between one plane of existence and another.
Thus, our Sun and the other planets are not just hanging in space but are interrelated, even though we cannot see the coordinating connections.
Holding the things together is an influence of the Gandharvas. They also produce the duration and the periodicities which the universe follows.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Occult Meditations / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Book of Rituals.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 13/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 91 🌹
🌴 The Gandharva - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Musical Devas 🌻
All these vibrations are called “music” in the Vedas, the harmonies of the cosmos, and the Gandharvas are thus called the musical Devas.
In artistic representation they therefore hold musical instruments in their hands. What we discover on the conscious plane as music has its basis on the Deva plane of existence to which we are usually unconscious.
A musician judges the musicality of sounds by these standards which are felt by him through intuition and partly realised through his intelligence. The physical location of this function is in a centre which we call the pineal gland.
It is located in a cavity of the cerebrum, and nearby there is the pituitary gland. The Gandharvas are functioning between the two glands and their work creates a subtle fiery connection or light-bridge.
The pineal is the cause of the musical sensibility and also its forms of expression as respiration, circulation and behaviour.
When the pineal is disturbed there are serious disturbances in the behaviour of a person. The intelligences working in the pineal gland are part of the staff of Shamballa.
Their functions are expressions of the music of the Gandharvas coming down from the subtle planes to the dense physical.
The Gandharvas are also called the blissful Devas and they convey the highest bliss.
Happiness relates to the happiness we experience through the senses and the body – doing sport, dancing, or travelling. Some also seek happiness with the help of mental activities. Joy relates to the soul.
Bliss is a state where the soul goes beyond its individual existence and merges with the universal soul. We address this bliss of existence in the invocation, “Master, please let us receive … the bliss of existence…”
When the individual soul attunes to the universal soul, it ceases to exist as an individual. When we come back from this bliss, we know that we have experienced it. But the bliss is beyond any definition.
It is the final grace that the Lord can shower on us. Even the greatest initiates crave for this bliss which is bestowed by the presence of the Gandharavas.
Music is originally closely linked to this self-forgetfulness of musing. Forgetting oneself means merging with the source. This is caused by sound.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Occult Meditations / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Book of Rituals.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 15/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 92 🌹
🌴 The Gandharva - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Main Gandharva 🌻
The Vedas mention four main Gandharvas. One of them is called Soma. He brings about this ineffably blissful merging of the soul with the super-soul.
Soma is also referred to as the nectar of creation, the drink of immortality. This is a secretion from seeming nothingness into apparent something. Soma governs the cosmic principle of reflection.
Astrologically, Soma functions in its lower aspect through the Moon and in its higher aspect through Neptune; they are centres of distribution for his vibrations.
Through a reflection of his activity Soma generates magnetic currents which produce the ebb and tide in the etheric and the astral currents as well as in the waters of the earth. His influence via the moon creates the fertilisation of the ovum in the female womb.
His vibration also enables the unfoldment of soul awareness so that we can receive wisdom through higher impression.
Another name for Soma is Lord Shiva. We know his symbol as the dancing Lord creating one universe after the other in a perpetual dance.
In the Vedic rites the Soma sacrifice is described as drinking the juice of a plant which enables us to taste the juice of our own existence by consecrating ourselves to Indra.
In Ayurveda the juice of the Soma plant (Ephedra Vulgaris) is used to prolong the span of life. Drinking this juice is an exoteric ritual to explain an esoteric truth.
Thus, it says in the Rig Veda, “When someone squeezes the Soma herb, he thinks he has drunk the Soma. Whom the initiates know as Soma, no one (except the initiate) ever tastes“.
In the human body the seat of Soma is located in the gap between the pineal gland and the pituitary gland. When Soma is pleased, he emits a secretion from this centre in the head of a Yogi which enables musing of the soul with the universal soul.
In the Vedas, Soma is also known as the Lord of aesthetic sense and romance. Together with the Gandharva Kama he produces the sexual attraction and makes the bride and the bridegroom shine in youthful splendour before the marriage. In the Indian marriage ritual this Gandharva is invoked so that the couple experiences bliss during the marriage sacrament.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Occult Meditations / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Book of Rituals.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 16/Jun/20202
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 93 🌹
🌴 The Gandharva - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📖. Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Main Gandharva - 2 🌻
Another Gandharva is Vena. He presides over the path from sleep to awareness, from death to birth and from dissolution to recreation. For us, the most important characteristic of Vena is that he wipes out the binding karma and lifts up. For this, Master CVV gives a specific meditation: “Vena, the Gandharva, is wiping off the pictures of the subconscious mind on the walls of my nature with the hieroglyphs of sounds from his seven stringed lyre.”
In the Mahabharata Vena is described as a fiery river flowing through the kingdom of Aquarius. The upper part of the forehead is governed by Aquarius. We can visualize the energy of Vena above our Sahasrara, how it enters at the top of the forehead, reaches the Ajna and awakens all the seven centres with his touch through the Sushumna. This touch awakens the hieroglyphs of sound (the vibrations of the lotus leaves) in the centres, and the sound conducts the related alchemy. Thus, the impressions in the subconscious mind get dissolved and the Karma gets neutralised. Then the energy ascends in us – the serpent sheds off its skin and becomes an eagle.
A third Gandharva is Visvavasu; Visva means ‘universal’ and Vasu ‘be-ness’. Through him the universal be-ness enters into life as the individual be-ness. Visvavasu is a cosmic principle which presides over the musical sense and the romantic muse in the created beings. It says that Visvavasu conducts the ‘marriages’ of solar systems on the cosmic plane and also the marriages on earth.
A fourth Gandharva is Chitraratha. Ratha means ‘the vehicle’. In creation, all forms are vehicles because the beings move in them. Chitra means peculiar, wonderful. To a being, its own vehicle is wonderful.
We should not let ourselves get confused by the names. It is better to know the Gandharvas by their function than by their names, since their functions are universal.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Occult Meditations / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Book of Rituals.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 17/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - Sublime Beings - 94 🌹
🌴 The Gandharva - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Magic of Music 🌻
There is a separate Veda for the wisdom of music, the Sama Veda. This Veda intuitively gives us the origin of music.
A subsidiary of the Sama Veda is the Gandharva Veda which is devoted to the science of music, both singing and instrumental.
The musical forces of the Gandharvas cause the lower nature of man to develop and to ascend into the buddhic consciousness.
They guide the higher emotional side of man to construct the bridge between our consciousness and the wisdom of the universe.
Krishna’s flute music also generates music of Gandharvas of the highest order; it enchants all listeners and makes them sink into ecstasy.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Occult Meditations / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Book of Rituals.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 18/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 95 🌹
🌴 The Journey Inside - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Travelling with Good Vehicles 🌻
Our planet can be compared with a station where many travellers arrive, stay for a while and leave it again.
We are travellers who through long cycles of time proceed on the path of evolution. The traveller is the inner man or the soul, the outer man or the body is the vehicle.
All of us are on a great journey and use for it different vehicles. With the time they get broken and we need new ones. We should not try to look too much after an old vehicle and hold on to it. With a new and better vehicle the journey is faster and more comfortable.
A bad vehicle doesn’t allow us to go on a long journey. If we have developed obstructions in our physical body, it delays our high endeavours.
With yoga asanas we can make our physical bodies limber and flexible like a leaf, which doesn’t break when it is bent. Regular exercises help to establish harmony between the gross and the subtle.
The human bodies, which have emerged since 1945 are considered to be better models that the earlier ones, because today new energies are available.
The bodies conceived since 1962 are even better, and later there were further improvements.
So there is a constant work on producing a better technology and design. Therefore today’s children are more electric; their apprehension is far superior to that of their ancestors.
Each time a soul comes into a body in order to continue its journey; it is accompanied by the personality.
The personality uses the body more for its purposes than for the purposes of the soul, and it accomplishes more its intentions. We look for the pleasing, for ease for the body, for comfort at home and for a financial cushion.
We confine the soul through our desires and through accumulating material or mental ballast and restrict ourselves. The activity of the senses also keeps us in the objective world: Our attention continues to travel to the outside.
Even when we close our eyes and want to turn inward, the mind has an urge to go outside, and the thoughts carry us along.
There is no real inner contemplation taking place, even if we seem to meditate seen from the outside.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K. P. Kumar: The Path to Immortality. Venus / seminar notes / Master E. Krishnamacharya: The Book of Rituals.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 19/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 96 🌹
🌴 The Journey Inside - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Door to the Inner Temple 🌻
When we want to go on the inner journey, the first requirement is to moderate the personality and to rearrange our own economic, familiar and social situation in a way that we find enough time to be able to turn inside.
The only way to cross the door to the inside is to serve the fellow beings, without pride, laments and complaints. In this way we can pay back our debts towards life.
In so far as we serve the fellow beings – plants, animals and men – we can be admitted into the chambers of the inner temple. If we feel the fellow beings as manifestations of the Divine, we come closer to the Divine.
Otherwise all remains only theoretical knowledge, no matter how much knowledge we have. It is already good if we are at least of use for ourselves.
We only can travel into subjectivity, if we create the habit to turn inward and to calm down the sense activity.
In this way we develop the observer, and we can observe the thoughts emerging in us. Little by little we dip a bit deeper and develop the subjective mind which explores the inner side of things, the in-sight.
In time we begin to see what happens in the inner temple. In doing so the sound of OM leads us into the inner chambers.
In the heart centre there is the door to the inner reality, to the frontiers of the inner temple, where there is the Holy of the Holiest, as the wisdom teachings call it.
In the heart we find the subtle pulsation which is at the basis of the respiration. We can approach it by observing the respiration. When we are together with the pulsation, we can enter the system of the vertebral column.
It leads us into the etheric column of consciousness, where from head to the base of the spine we find the energy vortices of the chakras.
When we travel upwards in this column to the ajna centre, we find the inner man, who carries out the pulsation and the intelligent activity as well as the entire body mechanism. We discover ourselves in our inner.
The outer man or the lower self is only a copy of the inner man or the soul. The connection between the two is done through the yoga path.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K. P. Kumar: The Path to Immortality. Venus / seminar notes / Master E. Krishnamacharya: The Book of Rituals.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 20/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 97 🌹
🌴 The Journey Inside - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Pilgrimages and Fellow Travellers 🌻
The journey from the base of the spine to the head centre is symbolically represented as a pilgrimage and described as a path over 7 hills.
In South India this is still done today as a pilgrimage to the temple of Tirupati, which lies behind seven hills representing the seven chakras. Many people go on pilgrimages to holy places, to sources or mountains, in order to align the mind and to experience the Divine.
If however we don’t make the right preparation for the “journey to Jerusalem” through the inner orientation, the mind draws us away from our actual intention to focus on the Divine, even with an outer journey.
On the journey we meet many fellow travellers. Even if some relations are difficult, we shouldn’t be bothered by them or let ourselves be thrown out of balance.
People are what they are; they cannot but behave according to their nature.
The spiritual journey demands that we deeply see to our own behaviour and don’t bother about the behaviour of the others. As souls we are brothers, as personalities however we are different.
The sages never look upon people as being bad, but that some have only just begun their journey and that they were just like them, as they didn’t yet know the whole route.
Some are further ahead on the way, some further back. Those who travel ahead of us are an inspiration for us.
Those behind us challenge us. And those who are around us during the journey are there in order to give us the required training.
Particularly people with whom we live closely together force us to accept viewpoints, even if we don’t share them.
The family therefore is the best training ground for spiritual practice.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K. P. Kumar: The Path to Immortality. Venus / seminar notes / Master E. Krishnamacharya: The Book of Rituals.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 21/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 98 🌹
🌴 The Journey Inside - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Understanding the Journey 🌻
Without signposts you can easily get lost in the roads, without a map it is difficult to orient in a big city.
The scriptures give us the plan of the journey. And if we perseveringly strive for knowledge and service, beings of Light guiding us approach us.
The Divine comes closer to us; it becomes active in us and even guides the journey as a driver.
If someone has confused thoughts, he is like in fog. “A man in fog is a blind traveller”, says Master DK.
In some of his books it looks as if already tomorrow all will be light and this for the whole of humanity. We feel inspired by reading it and already have the feeling to be a disciple.
We elect our own master and decide that tomorrow or the day after tomorrow we take the third initiation. Thus the children’s plays go on until we really begin to live with the practical steps of truth.
The journey is very long and takes many incarnations. We shouldn’t think that we complete it in just one life. But if we perceive the time dimension correctly, we will progress slowly but surely.
We should know the outline of the journey and understand the goal, but then work with the next step lying ahead of us. “Man can overcome all hindrances if the goal of his journey is clear to him.
When he sees the Light in the distance, he will pay no attention to the hardships of the journey. He will not count the steps to this Light, for it shines also in his heart.” (Supermundane III, 634)
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K. P. Kumar: The Path to Immortality. Venus / seminar notes / Master E. Krishnamacharya: The Book of Rituals.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 22/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 99 🌹
🌴 Fiery Aspiration - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Cosmic Enthusiasm 🌻
The eastern wisdom teachings describe that in the state of existence before creation everything is hidden like in a seed. As soon as a centre is formed, the inner is separated from the outer and shapes to a globe, the cosmic egg. In the inner, the globe is full of fire; all around it is totally cool. Through the heat and the cold expansion and contraction come about, the pulsating principle. The fire is the principle of cosmic enthusiasm. Through enthusiasm as will the other cosmic principle come out into the ocean of space with the time: The root matter of nature, consciousness and the circumscriptions of time and of form.
The seed of cosmic will also exists in us. It is the impulse which makes us awake and get up in the morning, just like creation awakes from the state of existence.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: The Aquarian Cross / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Lessons on the Yoga of Patanjali.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 23/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 100 🌹
🌴 Fiery Aspiration - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Developing Fiery Aspiration - 1 🌻
Part of this fiery will exists in us in the mind, in the third chamber or plane. When the individual will is connected with the cosmic will, it lifts up the personality to a higher vibration, and thus the soul can express through it.
However, when the will of the personality prevails, the soul withdraws and waits in a sleep-like state.
For transforming the personality we have to ignite the higher will in us. This is done through continuous fiery aspiration, and intense spiritual search.
Many people are dreamy and only half-hearted in their search. For them spirituality is only one of the many things they are busy with.
They lack a deeper commitment. With their wavering attitude they confuse themselves and others. Half-heartedness doesn’t give any progress; it is like only half-cooked food.
Therefore it is said in the scriptures that the Path of Light is not suited for indecisive, impractical aspirants. When we really want to develop spiritual aspiration, it must spread into every activity of ours.
It cannot be a part-time job. Whatever we do, wherever we become involved, we can carry it out with a spiritual understanding. Then we have spread spirituality into every part of our life.
Being interested in spiritual knowledge alone is not enough. It is no spiritual aspiration. He who only is interested in knowledge for the sake of knowledge remains a mental activity, the precipitate of aspiration.
This way he cannot become an aspirant and doesn’t find access to the subtle worlds. Even an intense urge for knowledge is not aspiration, in fact it can be a hindrance.
Many aren’t aware of this. They want to know, but for which purpose? To feel special or to use the knowledge for personal benefit? It is important that we question our motives.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: The Aquarian Cross / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Lessons on the Yoga of Patanjali.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 24/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 101 🌹
🌴 Fiery Aspiration - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Developing Fiery Aspiration - 2 🌻
A noble aspiration manifests into a practical service activity for the well-being of other people. Impractical ideas lead to a waste of time and energy.
When we want to walk the path, it has to be a firm decision to walk it up to the goal, until we have reached Yoga, that is union.
This is called “fiery aspiration” and in the eastern teachings “Tapas”, and this fire causes the inner transformation.
Without a firm decision we start our exercises with much enthusiasm. But already after a month or a year everything is forgotten.
Enthusiasm alone therefore is not enough to walk the inner path. When aspiration dies in favour of non-essential things, then the way gets closed for a while.
In all areas of life man only reaches certain heights if he develops fiery aspiration – be it in great inventions or in outstanding achievements in some areas of life.
When in spirituality we set ourselves high targets and work for them, the attention gets focused into one direction. Fiery aspiration is like concentrating a sun ray through a magnifying glass to obtain the full power of the light.
Through aspiration all energies are directed upward, and we have no more time for silly things. Here it is important not to suppress the lower thoughts, for suppression will produce diseases.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: The Aquarian Cross / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Lessons on the Yoga of Patanjali.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 25/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 102 🌹
🌴 Fiery Aspiration - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Keeping the Fire Alive 🌻
Many people are not able to organise their everyday life in a way that they find time for the inner life. We need a strong interest in the inner, otherwise we will be swept away by outer engagements.
The fire cannot be ignited overnight, it takes training and practice. The continuity of aspiration has to be maintained over long years.
We also must have made certain experiences in life and fulfilled duties. Then the flowers of the etheric lotuses unfold in our inner and give way to higher planes.
We can pray that we get the strength to conduct the exercises regularly and to keep the inner link.
Prayers strengthen the exercises and the thread which connects us with the universal soul. Just as we align ourselves, we get contact and we attract the corresponding energies.
When we keep the fire of aspiration alive, there remains a good connection during everyday life: When we have learnt driving a car, we can have a lively conversation and at the same time listen to music and follow the traffic.
Thus our consciousness can remain connected with the background of cosmic consciousness, even while we are active with other things.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: The Aquarian Cross / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Lessons on the Yoga of Patanjali.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 26/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 103 🌹
🌴 Fiery Aspiration - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Devotion 🌻
What we do with a concentrated focus we call devotion. Without devotion and appropriate aspiration we don’t find any mental alignment. Up to the present many people are still quite emotional.
Emotions are often adulterated by selfish desire, an exuberant enthusiasm leads to problems. We might burden ourselves with unnecessary responsibilities, take over work of other people and thus incur consequences.
However, the unregulated emotions can be balanced through right direction and transformed into aspiration.
Aspiration is also an emotion, but a directed one. For emotional people role models are important, which they follow then.
This is called the childhood stage of consciousness. Through right models the emotions can be directed into noble channels.
Then such people can do much better work with joy and enthusiasm than mentally oriented people.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: The Aquarian Cross / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Lessons on the Yoga of Patanjali.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 27/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 104 🌹
🌴 Fiery Aspiration - 6 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Sixth Ray 🌻
Master Morya, the master of the first ray, has been working for a long time with the sixth ray of devotion, because he has found out that a man full of devotion can better pool his forces and advance faster than someone who is fighting the whole time with his own mind.
We should not think that the sixth ray is no more necessary on the path, because now the seventh ray is gaining dominance.
The seventh ray is an orderly way of working, the seventh ray helps to tame and to align the wild or the indifferent nature. Thus people of the sixth ray can pass over to the seventh ray more easily.
The fiery aspiration linked to striving for an ideal is nothing but the first ray working through the emotional body.
The sixth ray adds worship and a deep interest to service, so that the enthusiasm can be permanently sustained and the work conducted with the rhythm and order of the seventh ray.
Aspiration thus leads to the light of the soul and from the soul to the light of the universal soul.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: The Aquarian Cross / notes from seminars. Master E. Krishnamacharya: Lessons on the Yoga of Patanjali.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 29/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 105 🌹
🌴 The Aquarian AGE - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Vernal Equinox in Aquarius 🌻
The earth rotates on its own axis, bringing forth the four cardinal points of the day - sunrise, noon, sunset, midnight.
The apparent path of the sun within a solar year also marks these four points: winter solstice, spring equinox, summer solstice and autumn equinox.
Similarly, there are the four points in the cycle of the apparent movement of the signs of the zodiac.
Due to the slow spinning movement of the earth, the tropical zodiac used in astrology shifts in relation to the visible starry sky of the sidereal zodiac.
The vernal equinox, defining the beginning of the tropical zodiac with 0 degrees Aries, moves backwards by one degree in 72 years in relation to the sidereal zodiac.
The equinox therefore needs 2160 years (30 x 72) for the 30 degrees of a sign of the zodiac, and it takes about 25,920 years to pass through the 12 signs of the zodiac (2160 x 12). This is also called the Great Year.
The movement of the vernal equinox through the signs of the zodiac expresses the character of the respective period in world affairs.
During the journey through Aries there was the Arian Age, followed by the Piscean Age.
According to the vision of leading spiritual astrologers, the equinox entered the 30th degree of Aquarius from Pisces at the time of the coronation of Queen Victoria in 1837. It was the dawn of the Age of Aquarius.
Victoria was the first queen to recognize the futility of conquering countries and wanted to stop it.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: K.P. Kumar: The Aquarian Master. Div. seminar notes/ E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 30/Jun/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 106 🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 107 🌹
Date: 12/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 116 🌹
🌴 Meditation for the Aquarian AGE - 7 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 “Dip deep” - 2 🌻
The entire process can be summarized into three points: Observe the time in the morning and evening, invoke the sound key, and observe within.
In addition we should meditate upon every form as the Master, that is the background consciousness of all that IS.
And we shouldn’t work for our personal gains, that is not to entertain a feeling that we work for ourselves, but for the others.
If this meditation is practiced regularly over a longer period, it causes profound changes. It eliminates the old rhythm of life and stabilizes a new vibration.
The outer life gets more organized and aligned with the inner life. We acquire the ability to include, accept and integrate.
By this we prepare ourselves for the supra-consciousness to descend into ourselves.
Thus we are uplifted and transformed into an immortal being. Master CVV calls this attaining physical immortality.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K. P. Kumar: The Aquarian Master / seminar notes.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 13/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 117 🌹
🌴 The Art of Breathing - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Universal Functional Principles 🌻
Air continuously streams in and out of our bodies. As long as we are alive, we breathe – without being conscious of it. Breathing is an occurrence, like the beating of the heart, the circulation of the blood, or the chemistry of the liver. These occurrences take place as opposed to our actions.
Mainly, we think about actions, because we constantly do think or talk or are otherwise occupied with the senses and the body. Breathing opens a doorway to the more subtle areas of our existence.
As man progresses into the Aquarian Age, which relates to air and space, teaching about breathing will gain greater importance.
This teaching of the Ageless Wisdom has nothing to do with dogma or religions, but rather contains knowledge about functional principles that do not depend on language, ethnicity, or religion. These principles work in us and all creation equally.
The teaching describes the various aspects of the work with breathing and provides us with a technique to work with the principles in order to free us from matter and to help us transcend.
By doing these breathing exercises, we observe the movement of our breathing for a certain time. If we do this for five to ten minutes, we will experience something very particular.
There is nothing to understand in this, but after one week, after one or two months, we will have the taste of something that others do not have. We will notice that when we speak, it is our voice that speaks, and we will start to listen to it.
We will develop an inner stability and a detached attitude toward the outer world. Conscious, rhythmical breathing supplies the etheric body with energy and strengthens our physical health.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: On Healing / Hercules / notes from seminars.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 14/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 118 🌹
🌴 The Art of Breathing - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Pulsation of the Soul 🌻
People have a high opinion about physical exercises as a means to maintain well-being.
They jog and do other exercises, yet they fall ill despite the purest diet and the most healthy habits. Physical exercises do not compare to a continual working with breathing, because subtle effects are much more powerful than physical ones.
Those who regularly work with breathing fall ill very rarely and benefit from surpassing health and strength.
By doing breathing exercises, the body adopts a particular rhythm that enables us to reach the soul through the personality.
When we focus on breathing, we give attention to an effect of the soul; thus, we come continually closer to her. It is not the physical form that breathes, but the soul.
She is in ongoing rhythmical meditation. Her pulsation maintains respiration and the life of the form. The soul’s pulsation continues even after the death of the body.
Hence, we continue our conscious living when we connect with this pulsation.
Pulsation is the subtle aspect of breathing, and the subtle aspect of air is called Prana.
The element of air builds a bridge between the detached and the oceanic consciousness. Inhaling brings the divine man and also the life principle in form of oxygen to us.
Exhaling forces out of us carbon dioxide, which stops the flow of life. Deep breathing oxygenates the blood, calls more subtle matter into the body, and forces gross matter out of it.
We should ensure that our speech is good, our mouth clean, and the passage from the nostrils to the lungs is free.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: On Healing / Hercules / notes from seminars.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 15/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 119 🌹
🌴 The Art of Breathing - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Five Pulsations of Prana - 1 🌻
Prana is transmitted to living beings by the sun center through air. Man mainly absorbs it through the sacral center and a center between the shoulders. If these centers are exposed to sun and air during the hours of dawn and dust, we can receive much life energy.
When doing the exercises, we should breathe slowly, softly, deep, and evenly. When the breathing is not soft enough, the subtle fire in the air can cause ulcers on the bridge of the nose and in the throat.
Also, we should not breathe through the mouth. Only people who are not healthy breathe through the mouth. The tongue should rest against the palatal, without touching the teeth, and the teeth should not touch.
This enables a relaxed state. We can also close the mouth that way for the rest of the day. In a person whose tongue tends to rest on the lower jaw, we can see excessive animal tendencies.
In an advanced person, who aligns with the subtler energies, the natural position of the tongue is a resting at the palatal.
The exercise for conscious breathing is a process of equalization between the inner and outer man and is different from Pranayama.
Oftentimes, breathing exercises are falsely called Pranayama exercises. Pranayama, however, is regulated Prana and the result of the exercises with breathing.
There are five Prana pulsations, and when all five aspects are regulated so that a synthesis is the result, this is called Pranayama.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: On Healing / Hercules / notes from seminars.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 16/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 120 🌹
🌴 The Art of Breathing - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Five Pulsations of Prana - 2 🌻
The one Prana, which enters the body, divides into five Pranas.
The first Prana principle is called Prana. It functions in us as inhalation and supplies the body with oxygen. It operates in the area between the Ajna center and the heart center.
The second principle is called Apana, exhalation. It operates from the solar plexus to the tips of the toes. When it is well regulated, the lower body is healthy.
The third principle, Samana, keeps the balance between Prana and Apana. It operates in the area between solar plexus and heart. To achieve this balance is one of the main goals of the breathing exercise.
The fourth Prana, Udhana, belongs to the spiritual part of man and reaches from the tip of the nose to the crown of the head. When this Prana is activated, the brain functions extraordinarily well.
The fifth principle, Vyana, flows through the entire body’s meridians, which run through the nervous system. It is the fulfilling life force that streams through everything.
When all five pulsations are active, the energies rise to the brow center and we experience the etheric existence: we notice that we exist in a body of golden light, even when the body of flesh and blood dies.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: On Healing / Hercules / notes from seminars.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 17/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 121 🌹
🌴 The Art of Breathing - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Practice of Breathing Exercises - 1 🌻
When doing exercises, we should sit comfortably and focus our attention on breathing.
The first step is to observe inhaling and exhaling for a while – without holding our breath or pausing. The mind stops to generate too many thoughts, except for the thoughts that relate to breathing.
This leads us to the neutralization of in/exhalation where we experience the resonance of the pulsation in the cave of the heart, e.g. at the tip of the midriff.
When this resonance is felt from the hear to the throat center, we can move on to the second step: to stop inhaling without stopping to exhale.
However, we should not be in a hurry to turn to advanced stages as long as the first step is not experienced distinctively.
Later, when the resonance progresses upward, we can begin to work with the stopping of exhalation.
This will push the pulsation even further upward to achieve the touching of the soul.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: On Healing / Hercules / notes from seminars.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 18/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 122 🌹
🌴 The Art of Breathing - 6 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Practice of Breathing Exercises - 2 🌻
While inhaling and exhaling, we should travel through all centers, from the bridge of the nose to the base center. It is a traveling observation, but not a permanent concentration.
The idea behind this is that we become conscious of the existence of the subtle tissues of the body. This way, we can experience them, which enables their power to work through us.
When breathing, we should observe how the inhalation changes into exhalation at a certain point and vice versa. We should try to be focused at each point, but not to cling on to either one.
As soon as we can exercise this with ease, we forget the process itself and enter into the inner worlds.
When we listen to inhalation carefully, we can hear the sound SO; with exhalation, we hear HAM. SO-HAM means SAHA-AHAM, “This, I am.” It is the double-sound of the pulsation.
To listen to this double-sound of the pulsating principle is called the meditation of the soul.
This is the basic work. If we do it regularly for several years, Prana becomes regulated and we enter into our center.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: On Healing / Hercules / notes from seminars.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 19/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 123 🌹
🌴 The Pulsation - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Double Movement 🌻
The eternal wisdom speaks of the universal laws of time and of nature. One of the most important laws we have to understand is the law of pulsation.
It functions on every plane of activity, in the development of galaxies as well as within a cell. Space pulsates, and it pulsates also within us. The pulsating sun keeps the planets in the equilibrium of a rhythmic movement.
Pulsation expresses life, light and movement. Pulsation is a double movement of two kinds of forces, the centripetal and centrifugal movement.
Expansion and contraction make the nerves and muscles within us pulsate. This generates the respiration, the peristalsis of the organs, the blood circulation and the heartbeat.
It makes the nerve tissues respond to the mind and the environment. Ayurveda calls this principle of the pulsation in the body Vaata. If Vaata is disturbed, this results in different forms of weaknesses such as disturbances of digestion and loss of stability.
The pulsation is also called Vayu, sometimes translated as air; however, it means the principle of movement in space which makes the air circulate.
Through the pulsation the “bubble” of the individual soul emerges out of the universal consciousness.
With its rhythmic pulsation the soul enters into the body and takes its seat in the heart. The pulsation in us is also called the thread of life, which makes the heart beat and the lungs breathe.
It is connected with the thread of consciousness, which has its seat in the Ajna centre on the forehead. The pulsation precedes the heartbeat. As long as the heart pulsates, the body keeps on living.
At the moment of death the pulsation disappears from the physical planes. Whereas the body is put into the grave and decays, the pulsation continues to exist. We too keep on existing when we connect to the pulsation.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Master K.P. Kumar: Listening to the Invisible Master / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Psychology.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 20/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 124 🌹
🌴 The Pulsation - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Mind and Respiration 🌻
The pulsation is more subtle than the objective mind, it continues to work even when we are sleeping.
In the evening our awareness is absorbed by the pulsating principle and comes out again at the awakening. Respiration, circulation, and digestion happen in us without being consciously perceived.
The mind contributes nothing to their functioning except disturbing their rhythm through a wrong way of living and thus causing disease.
This shows us that the mind is more an outer product. When it is talkative and agitated, the respiration is increased.
By consciously aligning the mind with the respiration, the breathing rhythm slows down. The more the respiration slows down the more also the mind is decelerated.
Finally it is absorbed by it and we remain just as the pulsating principle. When mind and respiration merge with the pulsation, the silence of existence only remains.
Respiration and even heartbeat cease for a while. Many yogis and masters have repeated this state of being and even demonstrated it over a longer time.
In order to get to the state of pulsation it is recommended to observe the respiration 2-3 times a day for 27 breathes.
We don’t have to do special breathing exercises; it is only registering how you breathe. Breathing is a happening within and not a doing.
We have to observe how the inhalation transforms at a certain point into exhalation and how the exhalation into inhalation.
There the thoughts stop. When we keep on contemplating over this point over years and listen to the sound of pulsation, SO-HAM, we are drawn into pulsation.
Then the double sound is trans-formed into the monosyllabic sound OM, and the thought-less state expands from the breathing pause into the time of breathing.
In this state of meditation we are without body consciousness and only conscious of the pulsation.
With the time and with alert observation we realise that the resonance of pulsation has the ability to move upward in the spine.
At first we experience the resonance in the heart, then in the little cavity at the throat centre and later in the Ajna centre.
In such an advanced contemplation the awareness can move via the Ajna centre out of the body and experience the etheric existence. In times of old people have consciously left the body at transition.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Master K.P. Kumar: Listening to the Invisible Master / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Psychology.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 21/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 125 🌹
🌴 The Pulsation - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Door to Subjectivity 🌻
The pulsating principle is the experience of an expanse of blue without form and the rising is like the flight of a bird. In the Puranas the bird of the cosmic respiration is called the eagle Garuda.
The eagle, pulsating with its golden wings, rises and the sun enters into it. When we rise, the sun, the divine consciousness, can enter into us.
Thus an initiate is considered to be an eagle, and it is said that many initiates existing beyond form prefer living in the form of an eagle.
We would like to deal with these advanced states without taking the preparatory steps. But as long as body, emotions and thoughts are in disorder, we cannot enter into the subtle existence.
Only if we apply the information about pulsation on us and practice it over long years, our life gets regulated. Then we can turn from objectivity to subjectivity.
A disciple organizes his life in a rhythmic way, in order to be able to easily work in the outer world and withdraw into the inner.
Thus he expresses the pulsating life of the soul on the physical plane. How much we might read about it, it is of no use without practice.
However, if we begin working with respiration and stay more and more with the pulsating principle, we come to like it and slowly the door to subjectivity opens, the entrance door of the ashram.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Master K.P. Kumar: Listening to the Invisible Master / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Psychology.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 22/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 126 🌹
🌴 The Pulsation - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Five Pulsation 🌻
The pulsation works in the body in a five-fold manner, and we should understand these five pulsations in order to understand respiration. In Sanskrit they are also called the five Pranas or Vayus.
The first pulsation, Prana, is the impulse from circumference to centre. It initiates the process of inhalation and brings in oxygen.
It is related to the mouth and speech, the heart and lungs. It functions from the root of the nose to the heart, and enables the intake of life energy.
The process of combustion in the body generates carbon, and this is expelled through the counter-movement, the impulse from the centre to the circumference called Apana.
Apana directs the area from solar plexus to the soles of foot and controls the excretory processes as well as the organs of procreation. Imbalances of Prana have a negative effect on the respiration as well as on the develop-ment of the higher centres. Apana disturbances are connected with digestive problems and a wrong use of sexuality.
The gap between Prana and Apana, between the solar plexus and the heart, is bridged by Samana, the balancing power. Samana emerges when Prana and Apana are balanced.
It is the interlude, where there is neither inhalation nor exhalation and where we can feel the subtle pulsation in the heart beat. Samana has a particular relation to the stomach, to diet, which should be well balanced.
Samana causes a change of focus from a self-centered to a selfless attitude and leads to the ascending movement, Udana.
Udana moves in the area of the brain, between nose and top of the head. This pulsation is experienced in the third eye; it leads the human consciousness into the divine realms.
The connection of Samana and Udana lifts the separation of the inner and the outer man and unity emerges.
The fifth pulsation called Vyana remains as the back-ground of the other four; it permeates the entire body via the subtle energy channels and the blood stream.
By means of Vyana man experiences himself as an embodiment of light and realizes the light body within the material body.
These five pulsations have to be synthesized in order to be able to ascend to the higher planes of our being.
This regulation is called Pranayama, regulated Prana, the fourth step of Yoga. It doesn’t mean breathing exercises, but the result of the exercises, by which the following steps can then be easily reached. If we remain consciously in the subtle pulsating principle, the goal of Yoga, Samadhi, is reached: to be one with the Lord.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Master K.P. Kumar: Listening to the Invisible Master / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Psychology.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 23/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 127 🌹
🌴 The Crises - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Fiery Transformations - 1 🌻
You can compare the development of the subtle body with the churning of milk whereby butter separates from the milk. By churning the butter gets collected; the essence emerges and separates from the rest.
Churning is a fiery process, just like the process by which the subtle body can be separated from the physical body: through a fiery churning the gross matter is expelled and thus the subtle matter can develop.
Crises are the means to form us and lead to a reorientation. Crises are turning points of our lives to walk towards the light.
Every crisis makes us understand better our being. Spiritual realisation cannot happen in fair weather. In good weather we sleep, in bad weather we work.
That does not mean that we have to invite unfair weather. But only through crises can we be driven more deeply towards truth.
The one or the other crisis keeps on making us suffer because we don’t know how we should do something. The personality does not know how to function; therefore it keeps doing what it likes until it gets into problems.
As long as it dominates the soul the personality leads us into crises. We have to neutralise all we have done. Until this has been done we cannot reach the source.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. The Alchemist of the Age / The Teachings of Sanat Kumara / notes from seminars.
Continues
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 24/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 128 🌹
🌴 The Crises - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Fiery Transformations - 2 🌻
Crises are nothing but the karma we have to fulfil; they help to clear up. The limitations we suffer from stand in our way to fulfilment. Therefore, in the life of a disciple crises come faster.
The Master does not accept any limitations with the disciples. He works from inside, and then we experience crises. When we are out of a crisis and have regained a foothold, he creates a news crisis so that we grow through it.
When we invoke the energy of CVV, many transformations happen. He sees that all body cells get transformed through the fire he kindles through crises.
Crises help to keep us aflame and that we are being cooked by them. The word ‘flight’ does not exist in the dictionary of a disciple.
We have to face the crises and resolve them. When we accept them we start shining forth in crises. Gold shines much more beautiful when it is in fire.
The gold in us is our golden body, the subtle, etheric body. It can only start shining if we are enough in fire. We should be grateful to the groups and our fellow beings because they give us so many crises.
We see in the outside what is inside ourselves. When we can see so much hatred, dispute and fight, we see it because in ourselves we have precisely this.
For an initiate all this does not exist because for him all is God’s presence. He knows what he has to do in a given situation.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. The Alchemist of the Age / The Teachings of Sanat Kumara / notes from seminars.
Continues
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 25/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 129 🌹
🌴 The Crises - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Crises for Awakening 🌻
Even with great souls crises are something normal. Arjuna could receive the wisdom when he was in a great crisis on the battlefield. Maria Magdalena went through a deep crisis when she was about to be stoned.
At this point there was but Jesus who protected her, and she very clearly realised who really loved her. Thus she found in the Master the only source and got initiated.
Helena Blavatsky experienced strong opposition and her life was often threatened; nevertheless, she worked like a lion. Master EK experienced betrayal, ingratitude and criticism.
In his time of preparation he went through a severe crisis because of the epileptic disease of his son; it lead him to homoeopathy with which he treated his son successfully, and then he used it for the rest of his life to heal countless people. In the lives of initiates we see how through the times of crises they awoke to spirit.
The Master not only brings us crises but also helps us to solve them. But sometimes in the times of crisis the outer Master disappears and stands at a distance to watch how we perform in the crisis.
Thus, he withdraws the outer support so that the inner support mechanism is initiated by sheer necessity. Only if we find the Teacher within can we get through every crisis.
If we face the crisis keeping firmly aligned to the divine the crisis dissolves and a gift of God appears for further progress on the path.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. The Alchemist of the Age / The Teachings of Sanat Kumara / notes from seminars.
Continues
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 26/Jul/2019
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 130 🌹
🌴 The Crises - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Occult Instruments 🌻
Through the occult instruments that we daily use power flows to us. Prayers help us to go through a crisis. Even if we are dashed to the ground, when we pray things change.
However, in a crisis we often are drowned in our emotions and don’t seek help. So the Masters cannot reach us. They often say: “We cannot help you, though we wish to help, because you don’t seek help.”
If we don’t ask for help, they cannot interfere into our system, for according to their understanding unasked help is aggression. So they wait and respect us, for they are bound by the law of love. Hence, the link does not happen.
When humanity is passing through a period of crisis it is very important to pray with intensity. The individual events of life then are not so very important.
It is important to be committed to the well-being of humanity with the will to good; this requires humbleness and not self-aggrandizement. Mahatma Gandhi is a great example, how he opposed the great British Empire with the power of prayer and fasted and prayed during crises.
When there are seemingly insurmountable difficulties, the Upanishads say, “Utter OM”. OM helps with all these matters, it is the general medicine.
The specific remedies are the sounds which emerge from OM. Today OM is uttered in the ashrams with much intent to purify the planet, to restitute peace and to neutralise crises.
When you can neutralise planetary crises with the help of OM you can also overcome individual crises very well. The Upanishads say: “There is no possibility to completely explain OM.”
A good instrument for an effective work on the individual or planetary level is also to visualise a double pyramid around a group, a troubled region, a nation or even around the globe.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. The Alchemist of the Age / The Teachings of Sanat Kumara / notes from seminars.
Continues
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 27/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 131 🌹 (#1)
🌴 The Crises - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Standing above the Pairs of Opposites - 1 🌻
All crises, on every level, have the same evidence and message for us:
Stand above the crisis, above the pairs of opposites and then watch them. When we are above them we see that the pairs of opposites complement each other. As long as we are in them we see opponents and fight.
If, for example, there is unrest in an individual we should ask ourselves why, what the concern is about. It needs a loving understanding to learn the reason. Then we can trace it back to its origin, but not with power or authority.
Each time we suppress something it springs up again. With a loving understanding we can also see the message the unrest on the planet carries in itself.
Our work is to keep away from opinions and to remain dispassionate, without prejudices. When we are neutral, there is no criticism in us, but we reach a higher understanding.
Thus, we call in the light and pass it on so that what is good for all might arise. Crises, also our personal crises, cannot be solved as long as we don’t regularly work for it.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. The Alchemist of the Age / The Teachings of Sanat Kumara / notes from seminars.
Continues
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 28/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 131 🌹 (#2)
🌴 The Crises - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Standing above the Pairs of Opposites - 2 🌻
May all beings live in poise, in peace and in happiness.
We cannot just be happy when we alone are content but only when all are content. Otherwise we are egocentric. But even when there is a crisis we can remain in equilibrium and also when there is no crisis.
There are so many crises and conflicts – personal, political, religious and ideological ones. Or also economic and ecologic crises and dangers for health.
Our immediate responsibility is to transform ourselves so that we become useful instrument to help others. Without transforming ourselves we cannot think of transforming others.
In the early history of mankind there was a big crisis when individualisation took place and the one soul became many.
Now the point is that the many become again one and that humanity is reborn in spirit. The personalities have to clear the way; otherwise they get broken.
“Bend or break” is the only choice. Whether we like it nor not, Uranus brings the transformations to introduce the new age.
He doesn’t make compromises. But with the help of wisdom and of the Masters we can transform ourselves and overcome the crises. This is the work ahead of us.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. The Alchemist of the Age / The Teachings of Sanat Kumara / notes from seminars.
Continues
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 29/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 132 🌹
🌴 Crises and Development - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Crises of the Solar Angel - 1 🌻
At the beginning of creation there were many great crises where the developing creation was almost extinguished again. As the Indian Puranas narrate, however, high beings saved the creation from destruction.
There are many stories about how Narada rescued the creation through his intelligent activity.
In the early days of mankind, in the mid-Lemurian period, a great crisis occurred when the Manasaputras, the Sons of Wisdom, awakened the mind in the animal man.
This made us self-conscious, thinking persons and therefore we can think “I AM”. The soul that we are in our essence is part of a great being.
It is also called Solar Angel and in the Vedic system Vasudevaya. In each of us, he works as an individual soul. It is as if in the water of a river there were thousands of glasses and in each glass there was water.
As the Solar Angel descended into the personality, he experienced the crisis of individualization: the one soul appeared as many souls.
This was part of the great Plan to implant spiritual light into the human beings and make them self-conscious. Two qualities were held back: spiritual love and spiritual life.
The Solar Angel is now again approaching a time of crisis and reorientation. When he realigns himself, everything that is lower than him must necessarily also realign itself to the new order. Now it is a matter of the many becoming one again.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 30/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 134 🌹
🌴 Crises and Development - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Crises of the Solar Angel - 2 🌻
The first initiation gave birth to the I AM consciousness. The second fertilization of humanity prepares us to overcome the human limitations and to bring forth the consciousness of THAT I AM.
From the viewpoint of the Hierarchy, there is an urgency to inform people and thereby allow them to orient themselves towards spiritual love and life, so that these qualities can emerge.
Today’s blossoming of the human mind indicates that the Solar Angel makes his presence palpable within humanity.
The Solar Angel also goes through an initiation and has decided for a new, faster rhythm. We call this the influence of the Aquarian age, and we too should adapt to the new rhythm.
Whether we like it or not, we are being transformed. It is a crisis in which personalities must give way - or be broken. We can ascend to a higher level and be reborn in spirit.
But there are also groups of old souls on the planet who have missed earlier opportunities for development. They are now continuing here and are causing more problems than being cooperative. Such a situation must not arise again.
Also many aspirants lose themselves too much in unessential things. We should not play with spiritual concepts, but put them into practice and focus increasingly on the soul. This is of great urgency.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 31/Jul/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 135 🌹
🌴 Crises and Development - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Planetary Crises 🌻
If we look at the last hundred years, we are technologically far advanced, but humanity is more inclined to the ignorant and unreasonable energy of Atlantis than to the wise side.
The decline of Atlantis has been caused by excessive objective manifestations at the expense of subjective growth. We are currently turning to similar patterns. The Hierarchy has, therefore decided to form groups for whom inner development is important. The energy of the seventh ray was invoked and transmitted to the people.
As a result, there are groups all over the planet that have recognized the need to turn more inward to find the inner man and later the divine man. If we make an inner development, it can withstand the outer development and achieve a balance. If we only live an outer development, we will get into a deep crisis and catastrophes.
The work of the violet ray brings to light the hidden diseases of the planet and of humanity.
The Masters of Wisdom say that all the crises we see on the planet were previously hidden within us and in the world.
Wars, catastrophes, crises, and diseases as well as the corresponding pain bring things to light that need to be learned: this is how a process of healing happens. The law of karma finally brings back the pain to those who hurt others.
If we do violence to nature or if the developed countries exploit the less developed countries or export garbage, this comes back in another way.
The countries responsible for ongoing crises, such as those in the Middle East, will also receive their karma for this. Crises and diseases contain a message that we should change our habits.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 01.Aug.2019
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 136 🌹
🌴 Crises and Development - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Learning through Crises - 1 🌻
In everything that happens, there is a hidden purpose of evolution. In every problem, there is a gift that reveals itself as soon as the problem is addressed and solved. If we refuse and repress the problem, it becomes bigger or comes back after a while, and the gift is withheld from us.
The gift is a development of consciousness. He who learns moves forward, i.e. his consciousness expands. Every step of development is preceded by a corresponding crisis.
If there is no crisis, the soul normally sleeps in the personality. In deep crises we can develop faster; we grow beyond ourselves to overcome the crisis. In such moments we can better understand our being and an initiation can take place.
The touch of the energy of the Master also causes crises in the beginning. Things like financial crises or strokes of fate happen to cleanse us of our past karma. Through the crises, the Master trains us.
If we worry, we interrupt the thought of him and we drown in our emotions. The Masters can only help us if we ask them to do so. They respect free will and do not impose their help on us.
So they wait and wish all the best. Especially in times of crisis we should stay in deep connection with the Master consciousness, keep a constant vibration and not stop with our exercises and prayers.
If we are affected by conflicts, there is a corresponding energy in us. If we do not have a corresponding theme, we will not be affected.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 02/Aug/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 137 🌹
🌴 Crises and Development - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Learning through Crises - 2 🌻
By accepting the crisis and seeing the divine in ourselves and in the crisis, we get the right thoughts and guidance.
Prayer and patience are very helpful. Every crisis has a certain duration; with time, it dissolves again. There can be personality crises that might last for years or run throughout life.
Through self-centredness we create crises in which we are cooked. Accumulating knowledge, power or wealth for oneself certainly brings crises.
Their message is that we should distribute. Selfishness, pride or the tendency of controlling others are like a shadow following us.
Crises slowly “burn” individual consciousness; they allow a greater consciousness to emerge in order to initiate the work of the soul. All crises serve to orient the personality to better things.
Their message is: be above the crisis and view it as an observer. Then link yourself to the universal energy. We are always connected to it, but when we are attuned to it, it becomes stronger and we can grow beyond the crisis.
Many crises also arise when different opinions collide. For example, we see or read the news and worry about a possible danger. We think that one side is right and the other is wrong.
On the plane of thought, this contributes to the manifestation of the incident which actually would have been avoidable. As seekers of truth, we should keep away from views and opinions and remain neutral witnesses without prejudice.
We should invoke light and transmit it to both parties so that what is good for all can happen.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 03/Aug/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 138 🌹
🌴 Crises and Development - 6 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Neutralizing Crises 🌻
If we want to be workers of good will, we need to know what is going on on the planet. We are mostly busy with our own little lives and do not care much about what is happening on the planet.
But the possibilities of the internet or other media can be used for the work of good will as well as for other purposes.
Individual crises, as well as planetary crises, can be neutralized with the help of OM. In the ashrams OM is uttered with a lot of intent to purify the planet, neutralize crises and restore peace.
In its magical work, the Hierarchy uses the sound OM to embody ideas in thought forms. These embodied forms are sent out to connect with the minds of the disciples and to reach areas where they are needed.
This way, many crises were neutralized and the effect of provocations that could have caused serious incidents was averted. An average mind cannot see the incidents that have been avoided, but the Master sees them.
Group work is much more appreciated by the Masters of Wisdom than the work of an individual because the effect is greater.
Our group prayers have helped to resolve many crises on the planet, for joint prayers do not remain without the corresponding positive impact on the globe.
When we are together and we intonate the OM seven times, it rises up and spreads everywhere to bring the needed harmony. This subtle work requires humility and no self-promotion.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 04/Aug/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 139 🌹
🌴 Dealing with Obstacles - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Occasions for Growth - 1 🌻
The progress in evolution doesn’t happen automatically. We mostly learn by our own mistakes, and we thus try to realign our way of life and our attitudes. If we want to advance in life, inevitably also impediments arise.
Wherever we experience in the outer an obstacle, a deception or a delay, this is a hint that something in the inner system has to be realigned. If we react in a disgruntled, irritated or depressed way, this shows our inability to accept situations.
When somebody says, “My living conditions aren’t good”, this means that the existing living conditions are seen as something bad.
We regard something as good or as bad because of our impressions. The circumstances exist in our mind and not in our environment.
What we perceive as outer obstacles are only our own definitions of obstacles. Where we see an obstacle, someone else achieves success. We can transform difficult situations from their quality of an obstacle to the quality of steps of progress.
However, as long as we don’t know how to deal with the situation, it stands in our way of progress. Thus problems showing up in the outer provide an opportunity for inner growth.
The obstacles in life have a purpose. Every problem holds a present, which we can obtain with the right attitude and humility. Obstacles enable us to reflect more deeply, sometimes even at the cost of sleep.
Without obstacles man seldom thinks, he falls into a routine and follows it like a sheep. Obstacles can awaken us and help to introspect, to retrospect and to look ahead.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Saturn / Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: The Yoga of Patanjali.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
Date: 05/Aug/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 140 🌹
🌴 Dealing with Obstacles - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Occasions for Growth - 2 🌻
A severe obstacle forces us to think deeper, more focused, so that we can hit upon a creative thought and perhaps even touch the planes of intuition.
An idea can flash forth and give a solution. This is the reward of the obstacle. Therefore Master DK says: “Let pain bring due reward of Light and Love.”
The wisdom teachings explain that the obstacles on our way are nothing but the things we neglected in the past. What we are neglecting today is a problem of the future.
Whatever we neglect, negate or repress today, will come back to be solved by us. If we neglect health today, we undergo sickness tomorrow. If we don’t care for riches today, we encounter poverty tomorrow.
If we neglect people today, we encounter non-cooperation tomorrow. Thus every obstacle challenges us to stop, think, rectify and proceed.
If we don’t observe these fundamental things, we work against our knowledge, in spite of all our knowledge. The biggest hurdle on the way are we ourselves, the personality. It carries variety of personal thoughts, desires and emotions.
It is like a big block, which prevents the soul to express through the body. Essentially we are the soul, the person. The personality, however, is the shadow of the soul, an aggregate of qualities.
When we don’t put into practice our knowledge we get from the wisdom teachings, we remain caught in the structures of the personality.
The aim isn’t to destroy the personality, but to adjust it to the demands of the soul. Then the radiance of the soul and its magnetic impact can express through the personality.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Saturn / Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: The Yoga of Patanjali.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
06/Aug/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌴 Dealing with Obstacles - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Spiritual Instruments - 1 🌻
In his yoga teachings Patanjali gives a number of obstacles, which obstruct the progress on the spiritual path:
Disease, rejection, doubt, mistake, laziness, indulgence, illusion and self-delusion, lack of determination, lack of continuity of purpose, and disappointment.
Many things have to be re-aligned, so that our personality can attune to the soul, and this has to be done slowly.
If we turn to one obstacle after the other, each for a year, we have overcome 12 obstacles in 12 years. If we want to overcome all 12 at a time, we cannot overcome even a single one. In this a certain occasional indiscipline is o.k.
Thus we can allow the personality from time to time to enjoy a little something; then it is more willing to place itself under the soul.
Otherwise it will spring up with a thirst for revenge after a while. It is said that even the masters tease each other just for sport.
What has been built up in the deeper psyche can be corrected with the help of spiritual instruments, and we obtain them from spiritual psychology.
Normal psychology helps to find out the problem, but in order to solve it we have to turn to the deeper psychology. There is a solution for every problem, and it can be found.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Saturn / Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: The Yoga of Patanjali.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
07/Aug/2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌴 Dealing with Obstacles - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Spiritual Instruments - 2 🌻
The solution consists in correcting our action and also in finding the source of the problem through analytic thinking. In order to eliminate it from its source, we have to strengthen the soul aspect.
For this we have the yoga-teachings or the teachings of the masters. Prayers and contemplation help to align the personality with the soul. We also can work with sound, colour and number.
Yoga exercises are significant in order to overcome obstacles in the body and to strengthen the etheric network.
When we trust in the activity of Nature, work for others with good will and forget what we need ourselves, our needs will be cared for.
Trust in the teachings of the Great Ones is the only support through which we can move forward. Many people are afraid of this and prefer to remain under the cover of the thoughts of the personality.
The shadow always proposes not to go into the light and to do what is pleasant to the personality.
Everything the wisdom teachings say, the personality likes to revolt against. This comes from its old habits. When we try to give it a new habit, the old habits don’t allow the new ones to enter.
From the viewpoint of personality always some sacrifice is claimed to walk on the path of the soul.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Saturn / Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: The Yoga of Patanjali.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
08.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌴 𝔻𝕖𝕒𝕝𝕚𝕟𝕘 𝕨𝕚𝕥𝕙 𝕆𝕓𝕤𝕥𝕒𝕔𝕝𝕖𝕤 - 5 🌴
✍️ 𝕄𝕒𝕤𝕥𝕖𝕣 𝔼. 𝕂𝕣𝕚𝕤𝕙𝕟𝕒𝕞𝕒𝕔𝕙𝕒𝕣𝕪𝕒
📚 . ℙ𝕣𝕒𝕤𝕒𝕕 𝔹𝕙𝕒𝕣𝕒𝕕𝕨𝕒𝕛
🌻 𝕄𝕒𝕤𝕥𝕖𝕣𝕚𝕟𝕘 𝕥𝕙𝕖 𝕊𝕥𝕠𝕣𝕞 🌻
𝑶𝒖𝒓 𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒐𝒏𝒂𝒍𝒊𝒕𝒚 𝒄𝒂𝒏 𝒅𝒓𝒂𝒈 𝒖𝒔 𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒐 𝒊𝒍𝒍𝒖𝒔𝒊𝒐𝒏𝒔, 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒘𝒆 𝒄𝒂𝒏 𝒈𝒆𝒕 𝒄𝒂𝒖𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝒃𝒚 𝒐𝒖𝒓 𝒊𝒅𝒆𝒂𝒔 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕𝒔. 𝑻𝒉𝒖𝒔 𝒊𝒏 𝒐𝒖𝒓 𝒊𝒏𝒏𝒆𝒓 𝒂 𝒔𝒕𝒐𝒓𝒎 𝒎𝒂𝒚 𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒕, 𝒂 𝒇𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝒃𝒆𝒕𝒘𝒆𝒆𝒏 𝒍𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒔𝒉𝒂𝒅𝒐𝒘, 𝒊𝒏 𝒘𝒉𝒊𝒄𝒉 𝒘𝒆 𝒄𝒂𝒏 𝒆𝒂𝒔𝒊𝒍𝒚 𝒇𝒆𝒆𝒍 𝒐𝒖𝒓𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒗𝒆𝒔 𝒍𝒐𝒔𝒕.
𝑾𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒘𝒆 𝒘𝒂𝒏𝒕 𝒕𝒐 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒈𝒓𝒆𝒔𝒔 𝒊𝒏 𝒔𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒔𝒕𝒐𝒓𝒎, 𝒘𝒆 𝒘𝒊𝒍𝒍 𝒂𝒍𝒔𝒐 𝒈𝒆𝒕 𝒕𝒐 𝒇𝒆𝒆𝒍 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒔𝒕𝒐𝒓𝒎 𝒇𝒓𝒐𝒎 𝒐𝒖𝒕𝒔𝒊𝒅𝒆: 𝒅𝒊𝒇𝒇𝒆𝒓𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒔 𝒊𝒏 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒇𝒂𝒎𝒊𝒍𝒚 𝒐𝒓 𝒔𝒐𝒄𝒊𝒂𝒍 𝒐𝒃𝒍𝒊𝒈𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏𝒔 𝒌𝒆𝒆𝒑 𝒖𝒔 𝒂𝒘𝒂𝒚 𝒇𝒓𝒐𝒎 𝒘𝒉𝒂𝒕 𝒘𝒆 𝒂𝒔 𝒔𝒐𝒖𝒍𝒔 𝒘𝒐𝒖𝒍𝒅 𝒍𝒊𝒌𝒆 𝒕𝒐 𝒅𝒐. 𝑾𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒔𝒐𝒄𝒊𝒂𝒍 𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒗𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒆𝒔 𝒂𝒓𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒕𝒍𝒚 𝒅𝒆𝒎𝒂𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝒖𝒔, 𝒘𝒆 𝒇𝒊𝒏𝒅 𝒏𝒐 𝒍𝒐𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒓 𝒆𝒏𝒐𝒖𝒈𝒉 𝒕𝒊𝒎𝒆 𝒕𝒐 𝒅𝒆𝒗𝒐𝒕𝒆 𝒐𝒖𝒓𝒔𝒆𝒍𝒗𝒆𝒔 𝒕𝒐 𝒐𝒖𝒓 𝒆𝒙𝒆𝒓𝒄𝒊𝒔𝒆𝒔.
𝑶𝒖𝒓 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒐𝒖𝒓 𝒓𝒆𝒑𝒖𝒕𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒑𝒓𝒆𝒔𝒕𝒊𝒈𝒆, 𝒐𝒇 𝒇𝒂𝒎𝒊𝒍𝒚 𝒐𝒓 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒇𝒆𝒔𝒔𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒄𝒂𝒏 𝒃𝒆𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 𝒂𝒏 𝒊𝒎𝒑𝒆𝒅𝒊𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕. 𝑾𝒆 𝒔𝒉𝒐𝒖𝒍𝒅𝒏’𝒕 𝒈𝒆𝒕 𝒔𝒕𝒖𝒄𝒌 𝒊𝒏 𝒐𝒖𝒓 𝒐𝒘𝒏 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕𝒔, 𝒃𝒖𝒕 𝒄𝒍𝒆𝒂𝒓 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒉𝒊𝒏𝒅𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒑𝒕𝒔 𝒘𝒆 𝒉𝒂𝒗𝒆 𝒄𝒓𝒆𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒅.
𝑴𝒂𝒔𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑪𝑽𝑽 𝒔𝒂𝒊𝒅: “𝑩𝒆 𝒎𝒐𝒅𝒆𝒔𝒕 𝒊𝒏 𝒂𝒍𝒍 𝒚𝒐𝒖 𝒅𝒐”, 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒆𝒎𝒑𝒉𝒂𝒔𝒊𝒔𝒆𝒅 𝒂 𝒉𝒆𝒂𝒍𝒕𝒉𝒚 𝒈𝒓𝒐𝒘𝒕𝒉 𝒐𝒇 𝒎𝒂𝒏 𝒊𝒏 𝒓𝒆𝒈𝒂𝒓𝒅 𝒕𝒐 𝒇𝒂𝒎𝒊𝒍𝒚, 𝒆𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒐𝒎𝒚 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒔𝒐𝒄𝒊𝒆𝒕𝒚.
𝑺𝒐𝒄𝒊𝒆𝒕𝒚 𝒊𝒔 𝒂𝒍𝒔𝒐 𝒄𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒅 𝒕𝒉𝒆 “𝒃𝒊𝒈𝒈𝒆𝒓 𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒐𝒏𝒂𝒍𝒊𝒕𝒚”. 𝑾𝒉𝒆𝒏𝒆𝒗𝒆𝒓 𝒔𝒐𝒎𝒆𝒃𝒐𝒅𝒚 𝒘𝒂𝒏𝒕𝒔 𝒕𝒐 𝒑𝒖𝒕 𝒕𝒉𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔 𝒔𝒕𝒓𝒂𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝒊𝒏 𝒔𝒐𝒄𝒊𝒆𝒕𝒚, 𝒉𝒆 𝒂𝒍𝒔𝒐 𝒆𝒗𝒐𝒌𝒆𝒔 𝒐𝒑𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒕𝒓𝒚𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝒕𝒐 𝒅𝒊𝒔𝒄𝒐𝒖𝒓𝒂𝒈𝒆 𝒉𝒊𝒎.
𝑰𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒔 𝒍𝒊𝒌𝒆 𝑺𝒐𝒄𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒔, 𝑷𝒚𝒕𝒉𝒂𝒈𝒐𝒓𝒂𝒔 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑱𝒆𝒔𝒖𝒔 𝒉𝒂𝒗𝒆 𝒊𝒏𝒇𝒍𝒖𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒆𝒅 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒔𝒐𝒄𝒊𝒆𝒕𝒚 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒃𝒓𝒐𝒖𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝒊𝒕 𝒕𝒐 𝒓𝒆𝒗𝒊𝒆𝒘 𝒕𝒉𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔. 𝑻𝒉𝒆𝒚 𝒉𝒂𝒗𝒆 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒗𝒐𝒌𝒆𝒅 𝒂 𝒔𝒕𝒓𝒐𝒏𝒈 𝒐𝒑𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏.
𝑾𝒆 𝒂𝒓𝒆𝒏’𝒕 𝒚𝒆𝒕 𝒔𝒕𝒓𝒐𝒏𝒈 𝒆𝒏𝒐𝒖𝒈𝒉 𝒕𝒐 𝒇𝒂𝒄𝒆 𝒕𝒉𝒊𝒔 𝒔𝒕𝒐𝒓𝒎, 𝒃𝒖𝒕 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒘𝒆 𝒕𝒖𝒓𝒏 𝒕𝒐𝒘𝒂𝒓𝒅𝒔 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒍𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕, 𝒘𝒆 𝒘𝒊𝒍𝒍 𝒈𝒓𝒐𝒘 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒃𝒆 𝒂𝒃𝒍𝒆 𝒕𝒐 𝒇𝒂𝒄𝒆 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒉𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒆𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒔 𝒘𝒉𝒊𝒄𝒉 𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 𝒖𝒑 𝒕𝒐 𝒖𝒔.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
𝑺𝒐𝒖𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒔 : 𝑴𝒂𝒔𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑲.𝑷. 𝑲𝒖𝒎𝒂𝒓: 𝑺𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒓𝒏 / 𝑱𝒖𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒆𝒓 / 𝒏𝒐𝒕𝒆𝒔 𝒇𝒓𝒐𝒎 𝒔𝒆𝒎𝒊𝒏𝒂𝒓𝒔 / 𝑴𝒂𝒔𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑬. 𝑲𝒓𝒊𝒔𝒉𝒏𝒂𝒎𝒂𝒄𝒉𝒂𝒓𝒚𝒂: 𝑻𝒉𝒆 𝒀𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒐𝒇 𝑷𝒂𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒋𝒂𝒍𝒊.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
09.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌴 𝑫𝒆𝒂𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝒘𝒊𝒕𝒉 𝑶𝒃𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒍𝒆𝒔 - 6 🌴
✍️ 𝑴𝒂𝒔𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑬. 𝑲𝒓𝒊𝒔𝒉𝒏𝒂𝒎𝒂𝒄𝒉𝒂𝒓𝒚𝒂
📚 . 𝑷𝒓𝒂𝒔𝒂𝒅 𝑩𝒉𝒂𝒓𝒂𝒅𝒘𝒂𝒋
🌻 𝑮𝒂𝒏𝒆𝒔𝒉𝒂 🌻
𝑰𝒏 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝑬𝒂𝒔𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒏 𝒕𝒓𝒂𝒅𝒊𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝑮𝒂𝒏𝒆𝒔𝒉𝒂, 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒆𝒍𝒆𝒑𝒉𝒂𝒏𝒕-𝒉𝒆𝒂𝒅𝒆𝒅 𝒈𝒐𝒅, 𝒊𝒔 𝒘𝒐𝒓𝒔𝒉𝒊𝒑𝒑𝒆𝒅 𝒂𝒔 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒆𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 𝒓𝒆𝒎𝒐𝒗𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝒐𝒃𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒍𝒆𝒔 𝒊𝒏 𝒍𝒊𝒇𝒆 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒉𝒆𝒍𝒑𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝒕𝒐 𝒄𝒍𝒆𝒂𝒓 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒎𝒊𝒏𝒅. 𝑶𝒃𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒄𝒍𝒆𝒔 𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 𝒂𝒃𝒐𝒖𝒕 𝒕𝒉𝒓𝒐𝒖𝒈𝒉 𝒘𝒓𝒐𝒏𝒈 𝒕𝒉𝒐𝒖𝒈𝒉𝒕𝒔, 𝒂𝒍𝒔𝒐 𝒕𝒉𝒓𝒐𝒖𝒈𝒉 𝒓𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝒕𝒉𝒐𝒖𝒈𝒉𝒕𝒔 𝒂𝒕 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒘𝒓𝒐𝒏𝒈 𝒎𝒐𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕.
𝑯𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒗𝒆𝒓, 𝒊𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒓𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝒕𝒉𝒐𝒖𝒈𝒉𝒕𝒔 𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 𝒂𝒕 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒓𝒊𝒈𝒉𝒕 𝒎𝒐𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕, 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒑𝒍𝒂𝒏 𝒄𝒂𝒏 𝒃𝒆 𝒆𝒙𝒆𝒄𝒖𝒕𝒆𝒅 𝒔𝒖𝒄𝒄𝒆𝒔𝒔𝒇𝒖𝒍𝒍𝒚. 𝑮𝒂𝒏𝒆𝒔𝒉𝒂 𝒊𝒔 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒐𝒔𝒎𝒊𝒄 𝒂𝒔𝒑𝒆𝒄𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑱𝒖𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒆𝒓, 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝑳𝒐𝒓𝒅 𝒐𝒇 𝑳𝒐𝒗𝒆 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑾𝒊𝒔𝒅𝒐𝒎.
𝑾𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒘𝒆 𝒊𝒏𝒗𝒐𝒌𝒆 𝒉𝒊𝒎 𝒘𝒊𝒕𝒉 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒔𝒐𝒖𝒏𝒅 𝒐𝒇 𝑮𝑨𝑴, 𝒂 𝒕𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒔𝒇𝒐𝒓𝒎𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒕𝒂𝒌𝒆𝒔 𝒑𝒍𝒂𝒄𝒆 𝒊𝒏 𝒖𝒔. 𝑶𝒖𝒓 𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝒑𝒂𝒕𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒏𝒔 𝒈𝒆𝒕 𝒓𝒆𝒔𝒕𝒓𝒖𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒓𝒆𝒅 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒇𝒍𝒐𝒘 𝒐𝒇 𝒆𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 𝒄𝒂𝒏 𝒕𝒉𝒖𝒔 𝒄𝒊𝒓𝒄𝒖𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒆 𝒇𝒓𝒆𝒆𝒍𝒚.
𝑰𝒕 𝒊𝒔 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒆𝒙𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒆𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒔𝒆𝒆𝒓𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒊𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝒕𝒊𝒎𝒆𝒔 𝒕𝒉𝒂𝒕 𝒘𝒉𝒆𝒏 𝒂𝒏 𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒓𝒕𝒔 𝒘𝒊𝒕𝒉 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒃𝒍𝒆𝒔𝒔𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒆𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒊𝒆𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝑮𝒂𝒏𝒆𝒔𝒉𝒂’𝒔 𝒍𝒐𝒗𝒆 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒘𝒊𝒔𝒅𝒐𝒎, 𝒕𝒉𝒊𝒏𝒈𝒔 𝒘𝒊𝒍𝒍 𝒑𝒓𝒐𝒄𝒆𝒆𝒅 𝒖𝒏𝒅𝒊𝒔𝒕𝒖𝒓𝒃𝒆𝒅 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝒎𝒐𝒓𝒆 𝒆𝒂𝒔𝒊𝒍𝒚 𝒇𝒊𝒏𝒅 𝒇𝒖𝒍𝒇𝒊𝒍𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
𝑺𝒐𝒖𝒓𝒄𝒆𝒔 : 𝑴𝒂𝒔𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑲.𝑷. 𝑲𝒖𝒎𝒂𝒓: 𝑺𝒂𝒕𝒖𝒓𝒏 / 𝑱𝒖𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒆𝒓 / 𝒏𝒐𝒕𝒆𝒔 𝒇𝒓𝒐𝒎 𝒔𝒆𝒎𝒊𝒏𝒂𝒓𝒔 / 𝑴𝒂𝒔𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑬. 𝑲𝒓𝒊𝒔𝒉𝒏𝒂𝒎𝒂𝒄𝒉𝒂𝒓𝒚𝒂: 𝑻𝒉𝒆 𝒀𝒐𝒈𝒂 𝒐𝒇 𝑷𝒂𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒋𝒂𝒍𝒊.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
10.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌴 Rejecting and Accepting - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Breaking through Walls 🌻
Each one of us is inseparably connected with the universal consciousness. Through self-created illusions, however, we build separating walls. We have separated ourselves by our own definitions and demarcations.
We circumscribe ourselves from other people in order to protect ourselves and be different from them. The barriers become particularly solid when we feel superior to others by way of power, money or intellect.
Thus we erect more and more walls, conditioning ourselves and cutting us off from the stream of life, and we suffer from feelings of suffocation. The walls arise out of ignorance, and it is virtually impossible to penetrate them.
They also form a kind of protection, like the shell offers protection to the chick until it has grown enough and doesn’t need it any longer. Our walls have to be broken by ourselves, it cannot be done by anyone else.
Through our understanding we might have a longing for unity and synthesis, but when we try to express unity in our life, we realize clear blockages in ourselves:
We prefer cooperating with people whom we like and who have similar views like we have. With others whose viewpoints we don’t share we have problems. We quickly assume that they are not so well-disposed towards us and might work against us.
We develop an image of them nourished by fears, and from this conflicts develop. Krishna says: “Don’t judge the person by deciding he is bad. There are no bad persons, there are only persons with a bad behaviour.”
The other is just a human like we are. We therefore should accept him and see how we get along with his nature. This wisdom arises in us, when we see the brother in the other and don’t reject him.
The more we include other opinions into our view the more we move towards the vision of unity. When the mental barriers fall, our soul gets the feeling of expanse and fresh air.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Sarasvathi. The Word / notes from seminars.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
11.Aug.2019
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 145
Rejecting and Accepting - 2 
Master E. Krishnamacharya
. Prasad Bharadwaj
Hurting by Rejecting However, if we reject people or situations, we will also experience rejection. Through rejecting we hurt others. Those who hurt others will also be hurt themselves – physically, emotionally or mentally.
Every feeling of hurt has its consequences; we get wounds and develop hardness. Rejection is the contrary to inclusion. It is a restriction with which we lock ourselves up.
We lock up the door with an iron bolt, and so we suffer. In some future we will have to learn to accept all we reject. From a spiritual viewpoint even rejection of evil is ignorance. When good rejects evil, then evil will also reject good.
Out of a wrong understanding or pride some even reject help coming from outside and would like to do everything themselves. They don’t realise that the outer help represents a channel through which the totality of life is working. A life that gives also takes, the giver is also a receiver in the end.
In future we will increasingly encounter the situations we reject until we learn to accept them. For example, there are people who out of fear don’t want to get into relations and they say, “I don’t want to get involved into a relation, I don’t want to marry.”
Because of the present dominant male energy many women have experienced rejection, so that now they reject men. Even partners are looked for and then rejected again. Esoterically looking for a partnership is the search of the personality for its higher self.
When we align ourselves to our higher self and experience the touch of the soul, we fuse with the soul.
Then we have found the eternal partner and will be a good partner for all those with whom we come into contact.
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Sarasvathi. The Word / notes from seminars.
12.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 тнє мαѕтєяѕ σƒ ωιѕ∂σм - тнє נσυяηєу ιηѕι∂є - 146 🌹
🌴 яєנє¢тιηg αη∂ α¢¢єρтιηg - 3 🌴
✍️ 𝓜𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓔. 𝓚𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓱𝓷𝓪𝓶𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓻𝔂𝓪
📚 . 𝓟𝓻𝓪𝓼𝓪𝓭 𝓑𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓭𝔀𝓪𝓳
🌻 Accepting 🌻
Refusing, not wanting and not liking doesn’t work on the path of yoga, for the act of not wanting something is a limitation. Our resistance brings us many problems. It is all right to use our discrimination to avoid something, but we shouldn’t reject or hate anything.
We can experience life better when we learn to accept it as it comes. It is said that the Master meets us through unpleasant persons and unexpected situations.
If we see the Master in them and can accept them in his sense, the unpleasantness disappears and it becomes pleasant.
In the higher circles there is no rejection, but synthesis. Love and understanding lead to the neutrality which knows no criticism and sees seeming opposites as complements of the whole. Love accepts others, no matter if the others accept and like us or reject us.
When we have a problem with someone, the behaviour of the other is his problem; if we don’t behave correctly towards him, it becomes our problem. In society there are always people who behave differently from us.
It is our challenge to work out a basis of agreement and cooperation. In the garden of the Master no one is rejected, all are welcome.
On each plane we have to find the neutral point of equilibrium. The path of yoga is not the path of light or of darkness, but the middle course in between, where both meet.
As long as we hurt others physically, emotionally or mentally, we are not suited for the spiritual path and cannot open the door to the heart. The wisdom teachings say that in spiritual life particularly a hurting behaviour towards women blocks the progress.
The kundalini energy can only ascend when no feminine energy is hurt, since it is the energy of the Divine Mother.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Sarasvathi. The Word / notes from seminars.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
🌻 Accepting 🌻
Refusing, not wanting and not liking doesn’t work on the path of yoga, for the act of not wanting something is a limitation. Our resistance brings us many problems. It is all right to use our discrimination to avoid something, but we shouldn’t reject or hate anything.
We can experience life better when we learn to accept it as it comes. It is said that the Master meets us through unpleasant persons and unexpected situations.
If we see the Master in them and can accept them in his sense, the unpleasantness disappears and it becomes pleasant.
In the higher circles there is no rejection, but synthesis. Love and understanding lead to the neutrality which knows no criticism and sees seeming opposites as complements of the whole. Love accepts others, no matter if the others accept and like us or reject us.
When we have a problem with someone, the behaviour of the other is his problem; if we don’t behave correctly towards him, it becomes our problem. In society there are always people who behave differently from us.
It is our challenge to work out a basis of agreement and cooperation. In the garden of the Master no one is rejected, all are welcome.
On each plane we have to find the neutral point of equilibrium. The path of yoga is not the path of light or of darkness, but the middle course in between, where both meet.
As long as we hurt others physically, emotionally or mentally, we are not suited for the spiritual path and cannot open the door to the heart. The wisdom teachings say that in spiritual life particularly a hurting behaviour towards women blocks the progress.
The kundalini energy can only ascend when no feminine energy is hurt, since it is the energy of the Divine Mother.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Sarasvathi. The Word / notes from seminars.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
13.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓜𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓦𝓲𝓼𝓭𝓸𝓶 - 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓙𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓷𝓮𝔂 𝓘𝓷𝓼𝓲𝓭𝓮 - 147 🌹
🌴 𝓡𝓮𝓳𝓮𝓬𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰 𝓪𝓷𝓭 𝓐𝓬𝓬𝓮𝓹𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓰 - 4 🌴
✍️ 𝓜𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓔. 𝓚𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓱𝓷𝓪𝓶𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓻𝔂𝓪
📚 . 𝓟𝓻𝓪𝓼𝓪𝓭 𝓑𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓭𝔀𝓪𝓳
🌻 𝐻𝑒𝒶𝓁𝒾𝓃𝑔 𝑜𝒻 𝒲𝑜𝓊𝓃𝒹𝓈 🌻
Every hurt inflicted in the outer is a blockage of the inner process.
We may believe that our ajna or heart centres are functioning, but as long as the energies of the lower centres aren’t purified we cannot progress. For healing of emotional wounds the colours rose and light blue are helpful.
However, in order to transcend wounds and to connect with the higher consciousness, we can contemplate on the colour orange.
When we are hurt physically the wound is healing with time. But when we hurt someone with speech, this cuts a wound which goes deeper, hurts a long time and is difficult to be healed.
A Greek philosopher said, “Don’t care because of the poison of the tongue of the serpent, take care of the poison of the human tongue.” Often we know what we shouldn’t have said or shouldn’t have done.
After having done so, we find ourselves and regret it. Knowing is not the solution, for even if we know that we hurt others with our speech, it keeps on happening.
The solution lies in spiritual exercises, not in the feeling that I shouldn’t do this or that. If we are regular with our basic exercises, we become stronger and will be able to overcome these problems.
Discipleship is a discipline to carry out what we know in our speech and action as much as possible.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Sarasvathi. The Word / notes from seminars.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
14.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 𝙏𝙝𝙚 𝙈𝙖𝙨𝙩𝙚𝙧𝙨 𝙤𝙛 𝙒𝙞𝙨𝙙𝙤𝙢 - 𝙏𝙝𝙚 𝙅𝙤𝙪𝙧𝙣𝙚𝙮 𝙄𝙣𝙨𝙞𝙙𝙚 - 147 🌹
🌴 𝙍𝙚𝙟𝙚𝙘𝙩𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝘼𝙘𝙘𝙚𝙥𝙩𝙞𝙣𝙜 - 5 🌴
✍️ 𝙈𝙖𝙨𝙩𝙚𝙧 𝙀. 𝙆𝙧𝙞𝙨𝙝𝙣𝙖𝙢𝙖𝙘𝙝𝙖𝙧𝙮𝙖
📚 . 𝙋𝙧𝙖𝙨𝙖𝙙 𝘽𝙝𝙖𝙧𝙖𝙙𝙬𝙖𝙟
🌻 𝙃𝙚𝙖𝙡𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙤𝙛 𝙒𝙤𝙪𝙣𝙙𝙨 - 2 🌻
𝙃𝙚 𝙬𝙝𝙤 𝙘𝙖𝙣 𝙖𝙗𝙨𝙤𝙧𝙗 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙣𝙚𝙪𝙩𝙧𝙖𝙡𝙞𝙨𝙚 𝙘𝙧𝙞𝙩𝙞𝙘𝙖𝙡 𝙨𝙥𝙚𝙚𝙘𝙝 𝙧𝙞𝙨𝙚𝙨 𝙖𝙗𝙤𝙫𝙚 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙥𝙚𝙧𝙨𝙤𝙣𝙖𝙡𝙞𝙩𝙮 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙨𝙩𝙖𝙗𝙞𝙡𝙞𝙨𝙚𝙨 𝙞𝙣 𝙨𝙤𝙪𝙡 𝙖𝙬𝙖𝙧𝙚𝙣𝙚𝙨𝙨.
𝙎𝙞𝙡𝙚𝙣𝙘𝙚 𝙞𝙨 𝙖 𝙜𝙤𝙤𝙙 𝙖𝙣𝙨𝙬𝙚𝙧 𝙩𝙤 𝙖 𝙝𝙪𝙧𝙩𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙘𝙧𝙞𝙩𝙞𝙘𝙖𝙡 𝙨𝙥𝙚𝙚𝙘𝙝. 𝙃𝙤𝙬𝙚𝙫𝙚𝙧, 𝙬𝙚 𝙖𝙡𝙨𝙤 𝙘𝙖𝙣 𝙝𝙪𝙧𝙩 𝙨𝙤𝙢𝙚𝙤𝙣𝙚 𝙢𝙚𝙣𝙩𝙖𝙡𝙡𝙮 𝙗𝙮 𝙣𝙤𝙩 𝙨𝙥𝙚𝙖𝙠𝙞𝙣𝙜, 𝙗𝙮 𝙞𝙜𝙣𝙤𝙧𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙝𝙞𝙢, 𝙗𝙮 𝙣𝙤𝙩 𝙖𝙣𝙨𝙬𝙚𝙧𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙝𝙞𝙢, 𝙖𝙡𝙨𝙤 𝙞𝙣 𝙬𝙧𝙞𝙩𝙩𝙚𝙣, 𝙤𝙧 𝙗𝙮 𝙣𝙤𝙩 𝙖𝙙𝙙𝙧𝙚𝙨𝙨𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙨𝙤𝙢𝙚𝙩𝙝𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙤𝙩𝙝𝙚𝙧 𝙞𝙨 𝙬𝙖𝙞𝙩𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙛𝙤𝙧 𝙩𝙝𝙖𝙩 𝙬𝙚 𝙘𝙤𝙢𝙢𝙪𝙣𝙞𝙘𝙖𝙩𝙚 𝙩𝙤 𝙝𝙞𝙢, 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙩𝙝𝙪𝙨 𝙬𝙚 𝙖𝙧𝙚 𝙖𝙡𝙧𝙚𝙖𝙙𝙮 𝙞𝙣𝙛𝙡𝙞𝙘𝙩𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙖 𝙝𝙪𝙧𝙩 𝙤𝙣 𝙝𝙞𝙢.
𝙒𝙝𝙚𝙣 𝙨𝙤𝙢𝙚𝙤𝙣𝙚 𝙘𝙤𝙢𝙚𝙨 𝙩𝙤 𝙪𝙨 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙜𝙧𝙚𝙚𝙩𝙨 𝙪𝙨 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙬𝙚 𝙩𝙪𝙧𝙣 𝙖𝙬𝙖𝙮 𝙬𝙞𝙩𝙝𝙤𝙪𝙩 𝙨𝙖𝙮𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙝𝙚𝙡𝙡𝙤 𝙩𝙤 𝙝𝙞𝙢, 𝙝𝙚 𝙜𝙚𝙩𝙨 𝙝𝙪𝙧𝙩. 𝙏𝙝𝙪𝙨 𝙛𝙧𝙤𝙢 𝙨𝙢𝙖𝙡𝙡 𝙩𝙝𝙞𝙣𝙜𝙨 𝙬𝙞𝙡𝙡 𝙨𝙥𝙧𝙞𝙣𝙜 𝙪𝙥 𝙗𝙞𝙜 𝙙𝙞𝙛𝙛𝙚𝙧𝙚𝙣𝙘𝙚𝙨.
𝙄𝙩 𝙞𝙨 𝙥𝙖𝙧𝙩 𝙤𝙛 𝙣𝙤𝙣-𝙫𝙞𝙤𝙡𝙚𝙣𝙘𝙚 𝙤𝙣 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙨𝙥𝙞𝙧𝙞𝙩𝙪𝙖𝙡 𝙥𝙖𝙩𝙝 𝙩𝙝𝙖𝙩 𝙬𝙚 𝙜𝙧𝙚𝙚𝙩 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙤𝙩𝙝𝙚𝙧 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙩𝙝𝙪𝙨 𝙢𝙖𝙠𝙚 𝙘𝙤𝙣𝙩𝙖𝙘𝙩 𝙬𝙞𝙩𝙝 𝙝𝙞𝙨 𝙨𝙤𝙪𝙡; 𝙩𝙝𝙚𝙣 𝙬𝙚 𝙘𝙖𝙣 𝙗𝙚 𝙨𝙞𝙡𝙚𝙣𝙩 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙬𝙖𝙞𝙩 𝙞𝙛 𝙖𝙣 𝙖𝙣𝙨𝙬𝙚𝙧 𝙘𝙤𝙢𝙚𝙨 𝙩𝙤 𝙬𝙝𝙞𝙘𝙝 𝙬𝙚 𝙘𝙖𝙣 𝙧𝙚𝙨𝙥𝙤𝙣𝙙. 𝙄𝙣𝙞𝙩𝙞𝙖𝙩𝙚𝙨 𝙨𝙥𝙚𝙖𝙠 𝙬𝙞𝙩𝙝 𝙥𝙪𝙧𝙚 𝙞𝙣𝙩𝙚𝙣𝙩, 𝙩𝙝𝙚𝙞𝙧 𝙨𝙥𝙚𝙚𝙘𝙝 𝙧𝙚𝙨𝙪𝙧𝙧𝙚𝙘𝙩𝙨, 𝙧𝙚𝙘𝙤𝙣𝙨𝙩𝙧𝙪𝙘𝙩𝙨 𝙖𝙣𝙙 𝙞𝙣𝙨𝙥𝙞𝙧𝙚𝙨.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
𝙎𝙤𝙪𝙧𝙘𝙚𝙨: 𝙈𝙖𝙨𝙩𝙚𝙧 𝙆.𝙋. 𝙆𝙪𝙢𝙖𝙧: 𝙎𝙖𝙧𝙖𝙨𝙫𝙖𝙩𝙝𝙞. 𝙏𝙝𝙚 𝙒𝙤𝙧𝙙 / 𝙣𝙤𝙩𝙚𝙨 𝙛𝙧𝙤𝙢 𝙨𝙚𝙢𝙞𝙣𝙖𝙧𝙨.
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
15.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 𝗧𝗵𝗲 𝗠𝗮𝘀𝘁𝗲𝗿𝘀 𝗼𝗳 𝗪𝗶𝘀𝗱𝗼𝗺 - 𝗧𝗵𝗲 𝗝𝗼𝘂𝗿𝗻𝗲𝘆 𝗜𝗻𝘀𝗶𝗱𝗲 - 148 🌹
🌴 𝗧𝗵𝗲 𝗪𝗶𝘀𝗱𝗼𝗺 𝗼𝗳 𝗪𝗮𝗶𝘁𝗶𝗻𝗴 - 1 🌴
✍️ 𝗠𝗮𝘀𝘁𝗲𝗿 𝗘. 𝗞𝗿𝗶𝘀𝗵𝗻𝗮𝗺𝗮𝗰𝗵𝗮𝗿𝘆𝗮
📚 . 𝗣𝗿𝗮𝘀𝗮𝗱 𝗕𝗵𝗮𝗿𝗮𝗱𝘄𝗮𝗷
🌻 𝗣𝗮𝘁𝗶𝗲𝗻𝗰𝗲 - 1 🌻
All spiritual exercises appear at first to be very simple and little once you have started with them. But if we try to adapt ourselves to them and to carry them out, gradually more and more is given. There will never be an end.
The program will keep on increasing until our personality forgets that there is an increasing program and the personality is finally transformed. This gradual transformation into the light needs very much time and patience.
Everything we pick up as an exercise we should do slowly and step-by-step, we should work with it continuously and steadily. There is no hast on the path, enlightenment does not happen within the next 5 minutes.
Progress seems to happen at a snail’s pace. Those who are a bit ahead of others have to serve those who are behind them and who proceed very slowly.
It is just like with the journey of the turtle and the rabbit: The rabbit is very fast and learns to be slower for the benefit of the turtle.
The slow turtle is made to walk a bit faster. The Plan includes all, and it intends to lift up the whole of humanity.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
16.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 ᴛʜᴇ ᴍᴀꜱᴛᴇʀꜱ ᴏꜰ ᴡɪꜱᴅᴏᴍ - ᴛʜᴇ ᴊᴏᴜʀɴᴇʏ ɪɴꜱɪᴅᴇ - 149 🌹
🌴 ᴛʜᴇ ᴡɪꜱᴅᴏᴍ ᴏꜰ ᴡᴀɪᴛɪɴɢ - 2 🌴
✍️ 𝓜𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓔. 𝓚𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓱𝓷𝓪𝓶𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓻𝔂𝓪
📚 . 𝓟𝓻𝓪𝓼𝓪𝓭 𝓑𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓭𝔀𝓪𝓳
🌻 𝓟𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓮𝓷𝓬𝓮 - 2 🌻
Impatience is an obstacle on the spiritual path, it brings irritation. We easily criticise and become annoyed. Overactive people cannot wait and just do what has to be done.
Thus there is no receptivity for the soul. Even in meditation our mind remains busy and keeps on thinking. We don’t leave a door open for the Divine to come in.
It is just as if we phone with a person and keep on talking and then we complain that the other hasn’t answered at all. Meditation means to wait until all thoughts have settled down.
When we are vigilant to let the thoughts pass by, we enter from the state of doing into the state of being. Thus meditation is not doing, but letting happen, a be-ness in order to be receptive for the divinity.
We make a proposal to the be-ness that it may enter into us. If we lose the being in doing, we cling excessively to the mind.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
17.Aug.2020
🌹 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝑀𝒶𝓈𝓉𝑒𝓇𝓈 𝑜𝒻 𝒲𝒾𝓈𝒹𝑜𝓂 - 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒥𝑜𝓊𝓇𝓃𝑒𝓎 𝐼𝓃𝓈𝒾𝒹𝑒 - 𝟣𝟧𝟢 🌹
🌻 Living in Light 🌻
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus – The Alchemist of the Age / Saturn / notes from seminars.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Astral Plane 🌻
The reactions of the lower nature arise through the activity of the astral plane of emotions. 'Astral' is a word that has caused confusion for the last hundred years.
The word comes from the Latin ‘astrum’ and the Greek ‘astron’, (star), meaning 'related to the stars, to the light'. Helena Blavatsky uses it in relation to the original light. Light is a reflection of the consciousness on the most subtle matter.
We call it Akasha or the astral light. When we get to the buddhic plane, we will find more consciousness and less matter there - this is called the state of light.
When Blavatsky speaks of the astral body, it is the body of light and of life. She includes the etheric plane, the vital plane and the emotional plane. When Alice Bailey uses the word astral, she refers to the emotional plane and the body of desire.
But not everything astral is emotional. Therefore, those who study the Bailey books have a limited understanding of the astral body. To equate astral with emotional goes against common sense.
There is a body of life, a body of light and a body of desire; these three taken together is called the astral body. The etheric part of the astral body transmits light. The body of light is called the etheric body.
The astral body also includes the part of life force, prana. And as a kind of sediment, there is the emotional part as well, the desire body or emotional body; in Sanskrit it is called Kama Sarira.
The etheric body acts as a link between the emotional body and the physical body and as a link between the vital body and the physical body.
Through the vital body the etheric body transmits vital force and through the emotional body it transmits emotions.
Between the physical and the vital, there is a thick layer of emotional matter. This layer comes from desires of objectivity and it forms an obstacle between the physical body and the vital body.
When the emotional body is disturbed, the etheric body does not function properly and it does not transmit enough prana to the physical body.
Thus, intense emotions such as strong desire and clinging, anger and fury, hatred, jealousy, envy, pride and prejudice indicate disorders of the emotional body.
They also create obstacles between the vital body and the mental body. When the lower sub-planes of the mental plane become very dense, they pull us down into the emotional plane.
Further, there are obstacles between the mental and buddhic planes through the concretized concepts of mind.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Healer’s Handbook. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
25.Aug.2020
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Purification of the Emotional Body 🌻
The purification of the emotional body involves constant observation of our motives and desires. Emotions can be overcome by aligning our desires with a noble ideal. By focusing all our energies on the noble ideal, the emotions also find a direction.
Therefore, the sages say, “Have a purpose in life.” The fire of aspiration purifies the emotions and turns them into devotion. Emotions are like impure water. Devotion is like clear water, it is not emotion. By working with respiration, we also dry out the emotions and purify them.
This work creates heat in the body and lets the water to evaporate. Thus, the influence of the emotional matter is overcome. When all emotions and also the mental stuff are cleansed, the astral light that remains is the buddhic light.
To neutralize emotions and heal emotional disorders, mantras and colours are very helpful. RAM is a sound for cleaning the solar plexus. The sound SAM helps to remove obstacles and achieve balance.
Rose is the colour of the pure emotional body; it neutralizes emotions, calms down the nervous system, promotes a positive attitude and helps with depression. Essence of roses as well as rose flowers have an antidepressant effect.
Light blue is appropriate to heal emotional wounds, but in order to transcend wounds we should contemplate orange; it heals emotional disorders, strengthens the vital force and closes tears in the etheric tissue.
Silver grey and silver objects help calm the emotional system. In homeopathy, Argentum Nitricum (potentized silver) is known as a remedy to cure various emotional disorders such as anxiety. To absorb the silver vibration, it is recommended to place water overnight in a silver cup at the head and drink it in the morning.
Non-emotional prayers are also an excellent way to stabilize emotions. Many subtle adjustments happen as well when we offer ourselves to the higher beings before sleep and visualize how golden light or soothing blue surrounds us.
The immediate task of the disciples is to build and magnetize the etheric body and simultaneously detach it from the emotional body.
By invoking prana, Master CVV helps build a strong and healthy etheric body. When the etheric body is stable, so that it maintains its natural electrical and magnetic power, this form can be separated from the emotional body and it will survive the physical body.
Thus, death is overcome. When the influence of the emotional body is neutralized and the emotions open the way for the pranic flow, esoteric healing is also possible. For this reason, all initiates are natural healers.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Healer’s Handbook. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
26 Aug 2020
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Intellect and Intuition 🌻
The intellectual abilities of man encompass analytical thinking and interpreting.
This is reinforced through today’s educational system and is important in order to be effective in the external world.
The development of the intellect should not be confused with spiritual development though.
One of the spiritual abilities is the power of synthesis, through which we recognize the deeper correlations and the meaning of that which leads us to intellectual understanding. The intellect thinks critically.
Wisdom sees everything according to its purpose, and unanimity dominates. “The apparent contrasts complement each other,” said Pythagoras.
The intellect or mind can be equated with the Manas-principle, spirituality with Buddhi or the light of wisdom, and highest Divinity with Atma.
While Manas transmits messages from the environment to the inner man and also carries commands of will from within to the outside, Buddhi makes decisions about how to do things the right way.
It knows what is good and bad, what we should do or what rather not. In terms of reasoning, there is a gap between what we know and what we do.
We must build a bridge over this gap in order to live our lives in the light of wisdom. The bridge spans from the mental to the Buddhic plane, from intellect to intuition.
In the beginning, intuition is only a flashlight; but over time it transforms into a daily occurrence. “You connect yourselves, thus you receive.”
This is the promise of every master. “I guide and teach you from within. I will organize your personality from within. I will conduct the necessary transformations.”
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
27 Aug 2020
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 160 🌹
🌴 The Buddhic Plane - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Guidance from Within - 1 🌻
Many people do not dare to meditate on the Buddhic plane. In this case, we choose a master who lives there, a Master of Wisdom. He is always on the Buddhic plane, and by meditating upon him we are already there ourselves - without knowing it.
The daily contemplation is important to re-call him in ourselves. When we close our eyes, we visualize the shape we are invoking as beautiful and as full of light as we can, and we connect mentally with it.
We can talk to him and tell him our problems. We can ask for guidance and advise. Then, the Buddhic plane will unfold in us, and we will hear in the heart what we should plan and do.
Without a teacher, we can easily get lost on the mental or Buddhic plane and become stuck.
There is even a certain part of the Buddhic plane where twisting and manipulation can occur. This way, some religions distorted old wisdom concepts and claimed them their properties to gain advantage.
For most people wisdom remains a concept as it appears in the books they study. It is only a mental burden for them without any real purpose. When some talk about wisdom, we feel like running away because all they do is recalling conceptual ideas.
They have neither assimilated what they studied, nor have they experienced the wisdom.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
28 Aug 2020
🌹 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓜𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓦𝓲𝓼𝓭𝓸𝓶 - 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓙𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓷𝓮𝔂 𝓘𝓷𝓼𝓲𝓭𝓮 🌹
🌴 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓲𝓬 𝓟𝓵𝓪𝓷𝓮 - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Guidance from Within - 2 🌻
The purpose of studying wisdom is to step forward to the Atmic plane and to enter into self-awareness which we call the I AM or the soul.
There, wisdom disappears, just as the mental concepts have disappeared before hand already. Everything disappears - only the beauty of the awareness of existence remains.
The reasoning capacity of an elephant does not fit into that of a fly. Buddhi, the capacity of the soul, is much greater than the capacity of the brain.
Thus, it resides outside of the brain rather than within. The brain is only an instrument of the soul and, hence, the reasoning capacity of it. The initiate does not think with the brain, but outside of it.
That is why many initiates are proclaimed insane by their fellow men who cannot understand them. The one, for example, who lives in the higher realms of the Buddhic plane does not consider anything to belong to him, while the average man constantly thinks in terms of “mine” and “yours”.
For the initiate, it is an experience that everything belongs to the One, even he himself. He does not think “my possession, my house, my land…” When he contemplates upon the soul, he forgets his body.
The idea of holding on to something belongs to the reasoning capacity and the lower levels of Buddhi.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
29 Aug 2020
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Buddhic Planes 🌻
When we divide the Buddhic planes into three parts, we find all wisdom books on the third and lowest part. The books are accessible by our mind; there is a certain logic in them and many explanations.
When we ascend to the second and first level of the Buddhic plane, we find intuition in the second part and pure experience in the first.
Intuition does not stand logic. We may develop a certain logic for intuition, but when it comes to experience things become more difficult.
Oftentimes, in occult sciences such as astrology the act of interpretation derives from the intuitive plane; something make sense, although there is no logical explanation regarding the constellation of the planets.
This is a common experience for those who work with astrology and homeopathy from the intuitive plane.
The mental body, too, we can divide into three parts: in the mental-emotional, the coloring of the mental lies somewhere between orange and pink.
On the higher planes, the emotional aspect of the mental transforms into the love of wisdom. The intellectual-mental is filled with a bright orange color when the thinking is not crystallized, but clear and flexible.
The orange color of the pure mental enables us to experience wisdom. Wisdom is experienced as golden-yellow and leads eventually to a honey-yellow color.
The intuitive-mental is the body of intuition; also called the Buddhic body, which is of a bluish-white light. The motivate force of the body of wisdom is called causal body.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
30.Aug.2020
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Student and Teacher - 1 🌻
There is a saying that you can lead a horse to a drinking trough, but you cannot force it to drink water. The horse only drinks when it is thirsty. It is the same with people who seek wisdom.
Some are particularly thirsty, others are just curious and inquisitive, but not so thirsty that they would jump into the pool of wisdom.
Among many students there are only a few who are thirsty enough to penetrate into deeper wisdom through their sincere practice of the teachings.
They are full of fiery aspiration and ready to work with the teachings in their lives and to transform themselves.
This creates a true relationship between them and the teacher. During their prayers, meditations and sleep they receive much more information and teaching from the teacher.
The teacher can supply them greater energy for they are fit to receive the energies.
For the other students, such a supply of energy is neither permitted nor is it possible.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
02 Sep 2020
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 170 🌹
🌴 The Bridge - 6 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Parts of the Bridge 🌻
The first part of the bridge goes from the solar plexus to the heart, from the personality to the light of the soul. The bridge then continues from the heart to the brow centre.
This centre between the eyebrows should not be confused with the Ajna. It is the highest point at which the personality can rise. It belongs to the pituitary gland (hypophysis).
The next bridge leads from the eyebrows to the Ajna, the seat of the soul. It is described by Master CVV as the 'Higher Bridge'. There is a mantra given by the Master to meditate on this bridge - 'Higher bridge beginning'.
One of the most ancient meditations to build this bridge between the pituitary and the pineal is to contemplate a bright star in the Ajna centre and visualize ourselves in the bridge between the eyebrows.
When this bridge is built, we will experience that we are living in the etheric body of golden light, even when the body of flesh and blood dies.
As soon as the bridge between the pineal and the pituitary is built, the central point between soul and personality gets activated.
It is called the birthplace of Indra (Indra Yoni). Through this centre the soul manifests into the personality; this is called the soul-infused personality.
Whenever the soul intends acting in the three worlds, this centre becomes activated and the heavenly mind manifests in the human body.
From this point of light within the mind of God, light streams forth into our minds: “Let light descend on earth.”
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
07.Sep.2020
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 172 🌹
🌴 Sun and Consciousness - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Three Solar Centres 🌻
There are no connections with the Sun or the planets visible for us. It looks as if all of them were hanging in space without interrelation. But non-visible forces maintain the connections. Space isn’t empty but has structures which are interwoven as vortexes or orbits. The bodies of the planets move along these paths and receive their lives from the centre we call the Sun.
The visible Sun globe is not a ball of matter, but a lens, a focus, a reflection of the inner Sun principle. The Sun receives and transmits from it the light of the higher source. This higher centre is also called the central Sun. The physical Sun is for it a channel or a moon reflecting the light. Also the central or spiritual Sun is again a mirror, an expression of the cosmic Sun. These three represent the body of the Sun, its soul and the spirit.
In the Eastern wisdom the light, which on the cosmic plane is received from the Absolute God or the cosmic Sun, is called Bhargo Deva. Coming from the cosmic Sun, the light is received through the central Sun called Savitru. It passes on through it via the visible Sun light, Surya, to the earth, and we as the fourth ones receive it in our heart. It is only the One who manifests throughout all these planes.
The Sun worship is the ancient-most worship of the Divine on earth, and in the Gayatri-mantram the three centres – the physical Sun centre, the solar centre and the cosmic centre – are blended. The mantram is oriented to the cosmic light pouring down to us via the central Sun and via the planetary Sun. It is a humble petition to the Lord of Light to inspire and alert our wills: “We contemplate upon that Light of the Lord so that it embraces us and alerts our wills.”
When we sing the Gayatri-mantram, we can visualise how the light from beyond the Sun is invoked into the Ajna-centre and charges it with solar energy. Thus a channel for the Sunlight is formed into ourselves. It lets healing currents flow into us and energises ourselves and the surroundings. When we consciously utter the Gayatri in this manner, it is like taking a shower of light.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Uranus / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
09.Sep.2020
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 174 🌹
🌴 Sun and Consciousness - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E.
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Life and Consciousness - 1 🌻
Every human being has got a Sun-centre in him, which is his own consciousness as “I am”.
It is the centre of his point of view and horizon. We are Sunrays directly connected with the Sun, units of the solar energy. They are as much in the Sun as on earth and in us. Their movement is permeation and not relocation.
This means that it exists through and through, from the source to the last gross plane. Permeation is the basic quality of the soul which gives us an awareness which fulfils and pervades everything in us.
We can attune to the presence of the energies of the higher circles in us by meditating on them, saying a prayer or looking into a light and feeling the light in us.
We receive the energies from the super-soul via the individual soul, via Buddhi up to the mind.
We are part of the great system and therefore the teachings say that each one of us is a Sun having the potential to become a solar system.
As long as our consciousness is stuck in the mundane world, we are caught in it.
The sentence “I am in the world, but not of the world” reminds us that in our being we are solar angels who have to awaken from their sleep in matter.
The Sun gives us life and consciousness. For the awakening of consciousness it helps us to take in solar Prana through deep, conscious breathing, for on the etheric plane oxygen is solar energy. By exhaling carbon dioxide we expel the limitations through Saturn.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Uranus / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
11.Sep.2020
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 175 🌹
🌴 Sun and Consciousness - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Life and Consciousness - 2 🌻
Sun is expansion, Saturn solidification, the anti-life principle we call death. Stocks of carbon dioxide in the body form a source of chronic illnesses. All rooms should receive as much air and sunlight during the day as possible.
Rooms without sunlight are hotbeds of negative energies which lead to a loss of consciousness. Today there is a lot of wrong architecture blocking the vital energy.
Asanas exercises which keep the spine flexible help with the intake of the pranic force of the sunlight, especially the Sarvang Asana (shoulder stand posture). Drinking fresh water or fruit juices and eating fresh vegetables are also helpful.
The vital force of the Sun enters into the body via two main centres: via the sacral centre (spleen) and the centre between the shoulder blades which is located more closely to the heart centre than to the throat centre.
The rays of the morning Sun give fresh life and consciousness. It is very good to expose the body during this time to fresh air and to take in the golden light into ourselves; it doesn’t have to be the direct sunrays. The times of sunset are also helpful to receive a lot of vital force.
About 90 minutes before the Sun appears over the Eastern horizon a great surge of energy comes on our part of the planet, and less than 30 minutes before the Sun appears a second surge of energy rushes through the atmosphere, this one being still more powerful.
Master E.K. insisted very much that the disciples wake up in the early morning hours, take a shower and expose themselves to the rays of the early morning Sun.
Those who don’t do it cannot even dream of getting into any hierarchical work or of following the teachings.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Uranus / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
12.Sep.2020
🌴 Sun and Consciousness - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E.
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Golden Disc 🌻
A disciple who can withdraw at will from the activity of externalisation through the senses is compared to the Sun that withdraws his rays, and thus the Sun globe becomes visible like a golden disc.
As the disciple progresses regularly, the radiance of the golden disc grows. It is very beautiful. It looks as though the solar globe is rising between two mountains.
The two mountains are our eyebrows, between which the light shines like a diamond disc in the Ajna-centre.
When the disc opens, it is deemed as the opening of the third eye. We cannot express the related bliss in words. It is fulfilment.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Uranus / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
13 Sep 2020
🌴 Mercury - The Light of the Soul - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Mediatory Principle 🌻
The Sun stands for our consciousness. He is the soul that we are. The light of the soul is Mercury. In the solar system Mercury is the planet most proximate to the Sun.
Therefore it says that he is a good friend of the Sun who can discriminate and give advice. He is also the mind of the soul, the higher mind or Buddhi, whereas the Moon represents the lower, earth-bound mind.
Mercury is the principle mediating between matter and spirit; he can interconnect the higher and the lower worlds. Therefore he is also called the messenger between the Gods and the humans.
Mercury is a kind of a neutral, reflecting principle which can work on the most different planes and always transmits the energies of the planets in his proximity.
If Mercury is connected to the lower centres or to “bad” planets, the individual can in a dangerous way be clever, intelligent and manipulative.
He does jugglery of words to impress others and gain profit. He doesn’t mean what he is saying, but makes others believe his words.
🌻 The Rat of Ganesha 🌻
In Vedic symbolism Mercury is humorously presented as a rat, whereas the deity ruling over it is the elephant-headed Ganesha, the supra-cosmic Jupiter. The rat is an excellent thief and knows how to appropriate something. Intelligent people who are not guided by higher motives are dangerous.
Today nearly the entire business life is profit-oriented and even education teaches maximisation of profits, this thus bringing great harm to humanity
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology / Alchemy in the Aquarian Age.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
15 Sep 2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌴 𝒯𝒽𝑒 𝒲𝒾𝓈𝒹𝑜𝓂 𝑜𝒻 𝒲𝒶𝒾𝓉𝒾𝓃𝑔 - 𝟥 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Patience - 3 🌻
Prayers are like a conversation with the deity, but then we should become silent and remain silent in order to be able to receive the answer to our prayers.
The ability of receiving is related to the ability of waiting. People who cannot wait also cannot receive. Waiting is a pause giving us balance. Many initiates accomplish very much by their strength of patience and ability to wait.
When we invoke the names of the masters, the idea behind is that we ask for their help, so that we become receptive for the energy of the soul, and we wait for its arrival.
We never can establish the relation ourselves, but it is HE who opens the doors and closes them again. We can only wait for His grace, through correct actions and through right prayer.
Through waiting we open up to the grace. We cannot demand grace, we can only pray that it might come to us and wait, while we fulfill our daily duties.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
🌻 Caught in Concepts 🌻
According to our understanding the Atlantic and Pacific are two great seas, but there is only one great water.
We make the division for our understanding. We see something and, to comprehend it, we develop a concept. We put names to many things and build thoughts around, and we believe that what we have constructed is the truth.
We point at a mountain top and say, this is the Jungfrau. For itself, however, it is not. We recollect more the name than the mountain. We are not aware that the mountain can distribute energies, or we forget it.
We live in the concepts we have built and we thus become prisoners of these thought forms.
And just like the mountain is not a mountain for itself, like salt isn’t salty for itself or an animal doesn’t know that it is an animal, individuals for themselves actually aren’t human beings but pure consciousness.
We call ourselves “human beings” because we have denoted ourselves human beings. Then there is man and woman, but for themselves human beings are neither male nor female, but just pure consciousness.
As pure consciousness there is the awareness of existence which exists as the original thought.
We are because we call ourselves BEINGS or living beings. We call ourselves BEINGS because we exist. On this basis there are millions of concepts.
Concepts are a facility to frame the infinite into a form and to be able to work in the outer world. Buddha says, “Don’t limit yourself by a concept.”
Normally we are always bound to concepts. We have to find the path to neither remain stuck in concepts nor to break the concepts of others. It is the goal of Yoga to remain in a free-flowing energy, without any congestion or blocking.
When we are connected with the universal soul we don’t suffer from the constricts of concepts. The stream is not broken and energies of healing and of enlightenment flow through us.
Normally we are bound by our inclinations and ideas. He who is unbound by any concept, habit or trait is called a Yogi or a Master of Wisdom.
He is a representative of the absolute energy and the related light, love and will; he knows no separating consciousness.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus – The Alchemist of the Age / Saturn / notes from seminars.
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 152 🌹
🌴 Beyond Concepts - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Self-Imposed Limitations 🌻
Concepts are built around him, because people need something where they can cling to. They build prisons out of their ideas, while at the same time they aspire for freedom.
Knowers live life; they interact with concepts as per place, time and the people surrounding them, without any rigidity. They leave the concepts once their work is done. They are only guided by Truth and the Law, but not by concepts. Truth exists within and beyond creation.
When we aren’t limited by any concepts, we see each concept in its fitness as it exists in the world. Also, the concept is a state of awareness, and awareness is an ever changing luminous energy.
The wise ones don’t enter into arguments because they know that other people live in the cocoon of their concepts.
Krishna said, “Do not disturb the simple-minded.” In spiritualism there is no such thing like proselytizing for concepts or spreading certain views. We are not here to spread a certain concept of God, for he himself spreads everything.
Our being caught in concepts makes us feel that God does not exist in some people. Ignorant religious people throughout the world try to impose their concept of God onto others or even to kill them without realising that God is beyond all concepts.
We perceive the world through our concepts and have difficulties to open up to other views of looking at things. Our perceptions seem to us to be right and we would like the others to accept them, too.
These are limitations of the mental plane which arise out of the principle of Saturn and which even distort sublime concepts. When we live in the awareness of the background we are no longer limited by the multiplicity of concepts.
To break the concepts of his followers Shirdi Sai Baba lived in a mosque, but he wasn’t a Muslim. He kept a holy fire burning but he wasn’t a Hindu. He spoke of Allah to Hindus and of Rama to Muslims. He said, “Your concepts are your self-imposed limitations.
Do not impose them on me. If you impose you see me in your own way. If you see me as the Master you find the Master in me. But I am beyond your concepts. I AM THAT I AM. Do not define me, I am infinite.”
The energy of the Aquarian age teaches us not to get defined by thoughts and concepts, but nevertheless work through thoughts. Even a spiritual concept is a prison. There is no difference between being in a golden or an iron cage. Concepts are meant to foster and support the thought process.
They are like a ladder for us to ascend to reach the next floor. On the last rung of the ladder we don’t cling to it any more but let go.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus – The Alchemist of the Age / Saturn / notes from seminars.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Patience - 3 🌻
Prayers are like a conversation with the deity, but then we should become silent and remain silent in order to be able to receive the answer to our prayers.
The ability of receiving is related to the ability of waiting. People who cannot wait also cannot receive. Waiting is a pause giving us balance. Many initiates accomplish very much by their strength of patience and ability to wait.
When we invoke the names of the masters, the idea behind is that we ask for their help, so that we become receptive for the energy of the soul, and we wait for its arrival.
We never can establish the relation ourselves, but it is HE who opens the doors and closes them again. We can only wait for His grace, through correct actions and through right prayer.
Through waiting we open up to the grace. We cannot demand grace, we can only pray that it might come to us and wait, while we fulfill our daily duties.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
18.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝕸𝖆𝖘𝖙𝖊𝖗𝖘 𝖔𝖋 𝖂𝖎𝖘𝖉𝖔𝖒 - 𝕿𝖍𝖊 𝕵𝖔𝖚𝖗𝖓𝖊𝖞 𝕴𝖓𝖘𝖎𝖉𝖊 - 151🌹
🌴 𝕭𝖊𝖞𝖔𝖓𝖉 𝕮𝖔𝖓𝖈𝖊𝖕𝖙𝖘 - 1 🌴
✍️ 𝔐𝔞𝔰𝔱𝔢𝔯 𝔈. 𝔎𝔯𝔦𝔰𝔥𝔫𝔞𝔪𝔞𝔠𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔶𝔞
📚 . 𝔓𝔯𝔞𝔰𝔞𝔡 𝔅𝔥𝔞𝔯𝔞𝔡𝔴𝔞𝔧
🌻 Caught in Concepts 🌻
According to our understanding the Atlantic and Pacific are two great seas, but there is only one great water.
We make the division for our understanding. We see something and, to comprehend it, we develop a concept. We put names to many things and build thoughts around, and we believe that what we have constructed is the truth.
We point at a mountain top and say, this is the Jungfrau. For itself, however, it is not. We recollect more the name than the mountain. We are not aware that the mountain can distribute energies, or we forget it.
We live in the concepts we have built and we thus become prisoners of these thought forms.
And just like the mountain is not a mountain for itself, like salt isn’t salty for itself or an animal doesn’t know that it is an animal, individuals for themselves actually aren’t human beings but pure consciousness.
We call ourselves “human beings” because we have denoted ourselves human beings. Then there is man and woman, but for themselves human beings are neither male nor female, but just pure consciousness.
As pure consciousness there is the awareness of existence which exists as the original thought.
We are because we call ourselves BEINGS or living beings. We call ourselves BEINGS because we exist. On this basis there are millions of concepts.
Concepts are a facility to frame the infinite into a form and to be able to work in the outer world. Buddha says, “Don’t limit yourself by a concept.”
Normally we are always bound to concepts. We have to find the path to neither remain stuck in concepts nor to break the concepts of others. It is the goal of Yoga to remain in a free-flowing energy, without any congestion or blocking.
When we are connected with the universal soul we don’t suffer from the constricts of concepts. The stream is not broken and energies of healing and of enlightenment flow through us.
Normally we are bound by our inclinations and ideas. He who is unbound by any concept, habit or trait is called a Yogi or a Master of Wisdom.
He is a representative of the absolute energy and the related light, love and will; he knows no separating consciousness.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus – The Alchemist of the Age / Saturn / notes from seminars.
19.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 152 🌹
🌴 Beyond Concepts - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Self-Imposed Limitations 🌻
Concepts are built around him, because people need something where they can cling to. They build prisons out of their ideas, while at the same time they aspire for freedom.
Knowers live life; they interact with concepts as per place, time and the people surrounding them, without any rigidity. They leave the concepts once their work is done. They are only guided by Truth and the Law, but not by concepts. Truth exists within and beyond creation.
When we aren’t limited by any concepts, we see each concept in its fitness as it exists in the world. Also, the concept is a state of awareness, and awareness is an ever changing luminous energy.
The wise ones don’t enter into arguments because they know that other people live in the cocoon of their concepts.
Krishna said, “Do not disturb the simple-minded.” In spiritualism there is no such thing like proselytizing for concepts or spreading certain views. We are not here to spread a certain concept of God, for he himself spreads everything.
Our being caught in concepts makes us feel that God does not exist in some people. Ignorant religious people throughout the world try to impose their concept of God onto others or even to kill them without realising that God is beyond all concepts.
We perceive the world through our concepts and have difficulties to open up to other views of looking at things. Our perceptions seem to us to be right and we would like the others to accept them, too.
These are limitations of the mental plane which arise out of the principle of Saturn and which even distort sublime concepts. When we live in the awareness of the background we are no longer limited by the multiplicity of concepts.
To break the concepts of his followers Shirdi Sai Baba lived in a mosque, but he wasn’t a Muslim. He kept a holy fire burning but he wasn’t a Hindu. He spoke of Allah to Hindus and of Rama to Muslims. He said, “Your concepts are your self-imposed limitations.
Do not impose them on me. If you impose you see me in your own way. If you see me as the Master you find the Master in me. But I am beyond your concepts. I AM THAT I AM. Do not define me, I am infinite.”
The energy of the Aquarian age teaches us not to get defined by thoughts and concepts, but nevertheless work through thoughts. Even a spiritual concept is a prison. There is no difference between being in a golden or an iron cage. Concepts are meant to foster and support the thought process.
They are like a ladder for us to ascend to reach the next floor. On the last rung of the ladder we don’t cling to it any more but let go.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus – The Alchemist of the Age / Saturn / notes from seminars.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
20.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓜𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓦𝓲𝓼𝓭𝓸𝓶 - 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓙𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓷𝓮𝔂 𝓘𝓷𝓼𝓲𝓭𝓮 - 153 🌹
🌴 𝓑𝓮𝔂𝓸𝓷𝓭 𝓒𝓸𝓷𝓬𝓮𝓹𝓽𝓼 - 3 🌴
✍️ 𝓜𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻 𝓔. 𝓚𝓻𝓲𝓼𝓱𝓷𝓪𝓶𝓪𝓬𝓱𝓪𝓻𝔂𝓪
📚 . 𝓟𝓻𝓪𝓼𝓪𝓭 𝓑𝓱𝓪𝓻𝓪𝓭𝔀𝓪𝓳
🌻 Living in Light 🌻
𝘚𝘦𝘦𝘯 𝘧𝘳𝘰𝘮 𝘢𝘣𝘰𝘷𝘦, 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘮𝘢𝘯𝘺 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴 𝘭𝘰𝘰𝘬 𝘭𝘪𝘬𝘦 𝘩𝘰𝘭𝘦𝘴 𝘥𝘶𝘨 𝘪𝘯𝘵𝘰 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘨𝘳𝘰𝘶𝘯𝘥. 𝘐𝘧 𝘸𝘦 𝘢𝘳𝘦 𝘴𝘵𝘶𝘤𝘬 𝘪𝘯 𝘢 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵 𝘸𝘦 𝘢𝘳𝘦 𝘭𝘪𝘬𝘦 𝘢 𝘧𝘳𝘰𝘨 𝘪𝘯 𝘢 𝘸𝘦𝘭𝘭 𝘴𝘦𝘦𝘪𝘯𝘨 𝘧𝘳𝘰𝘮 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘩𝘰𝘭𝘦 𝘩𝘪𝘴 𝘰𝘸𝘯 𝘴𝘬𝘺 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘥𝘦𝘧𝘪𝘯𝘪𝘯𝘨 𝘪𝘵 𝘵𝘩𝘢𝘵 𝘸𝘢𝘺.
𝘛𝘩𝘦 𝘴𝘬𝘺, 𝘩𝘰𝘸𝘦𝘷𝘦𝘳 𝘳𝘦𝘮𝘢𝘪𝘯𝘴 𝘶𝘯𝘭𝘪𝘮𝘪𝘵𝘦𝘥. 𝘞𝘦 𝘭𝘰𝘰𝘬 𝘶𝘱 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘴𝘢𝘺, 𝘵𝘩𝘪𝘴 𝘪𝘴 𝘚𝘪𝘳𝘪𝘶𝘴, 𝘖𝘳𝘪𝘰𝘯, 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘎𝘳𝘦𝘢𝘵 𝘉𝘦𝘢𝘳. 𝘛𝘩𝘪𝘴, 𝘩𝘰𝘸𝘦𝘷𝘦𝘳, 𝘪𝘴 𝘰𝘯𝘭𝘺 𝘢 𝘧𝘳𝘢𝘨𝘮𝘦𝘯𝘵𝘢𝘳𝘺 𝘵𝘳𝘶𝘵𝘩. 𝘛𝘩𝘶𝘴, 𝘬𝘯𝘰𝘸𝘭𝘦𝘥𝘨𝘦 𝘤𝘢𝘯 𝘢𝘭𝘴𝘰 𝘭𝘦𝘢𝘥 𝘵𝘰 𝘪𝘭𝘭𝘶𝘴𝘪𝘰𝘯.
𝘐𝘯 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘵𝘳𝘶𝘵𝘩 𝘰𝘧 𝘦𝘹𝘪𝘴𝘵𝘦𝘯𝘤𝘦 𝘢𝘭𝘭 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴 𝘰𝘧 𝘬𝘯𝘰𝘸𝘭𝘦𝘥𝘨𝘦 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘰𝘧 𝘸𝘪𝘴𝘥𝘰𝘮 𝘥𝘪𝘴𝘢𝘱𝘱𝘦𝘢𝘳. 𝘞𝘩𝘦𝘯 𝘸𝘦 𝘴𝘦𝘦 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘓𝘪𝘨𝘩𝘵 𝘣𝘦𝘩𝘪𝘯𝘥 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘮𝘪𝘯𝘥, 𝘣𝘦𝘩𝘪𝘯𝘥 𝘪𝘥𝘦𝘢𝘴 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴, 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘢𝘨𝘪𝘵𝘢𝘵𝘪𝘰𝘯𝘴 𝘰𝘧 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘮𝘪𝘯𝘥 𝘤𝘰𝘮𝘦 𝘵𝘰 𝘳𝘦𝘴𝘵.
𝘛𝘩𝘦𝘳𝘦𝘧𝘰𝘳𝘦, 𝘸𝘦 𝘴𝘩𝘰𝘶𝘭𝘥 𝘯𝘰𝘵 𝘨𝘦𝘵 𝘴𝘵𝘶𝘤𝘬 𝘪𝘯 𝘰𝘶𝘳 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴 𝘢𝘣𝘰𝘶𝘵 𝘸𝘪𝘴𝘥𝘰𝘮, 𝘭𝘪𝘬𝘦 𝘸𝘩𝘢𝘵 𝘸𝘦 𝘩𝘢𝘷𝘦 𝘭𝘦𝘢𝘳𝘯𝘵 𝘢𝘣𝘰𝘶𝘵 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘴𝘦𝘷𝘦𝘯 𝘳𝘢𝘺𝘴 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘢𝘴𝘵𝘳𝘰𝘭𝘰𝘨𝘺, 𝘢𝘣𝘰𝘶𝘵 𝘤𝘰𝘭𝘰𝘶𝘳𝘴 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘴𝘰𝘶𝘯𝘥𝘴.
𝘔𝘢𝘯𝘺 𝘸𝘩𝘰 𝘴𝘦𝘦 𝘵𝘩𝘦𝘮𝘴𝘦𝘭𝘷𝘦𝘴 𝘢𝘴 𝘴𝘱𝘪𝘳𝘪𝘵𝘶𝘢𝘭 𝘩𝘢𝘷𝘦 𝘧𝘪𝘭𝘭𝘦𝘥 𝘵𝘩𝘦𝘪𝘳 𝘩𝘦𝘢𝘥𝘴 𝘸𝘪𝘵𝘩 𝘸𝘪𝘴𝘥𝘰𝘮 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘭𝘪𝘷𝘦 𝘪𝘯 𝘮𝘦𝘯𝘵𝘢𝘭 𝘱𝘰𝘭𝘢𝘳𝘪𝘴𝘢𝘵𝘪𝘰𝘯𝘴 𝘰𝘳 𝘦𝘮𝘰𝘵𝘪𝘰𝘯𝘢𝘭 𝘷𝘪𝘦𝘸𝘴. 𝘠𝘰𝘨𝘢 𝘱𝘳𝘰𝘱𝘰𝘴𝘦𝘴 𝘧𝘳𝘦𝘦𝘥𝘰𝘮 𝘧𝘳𝘰𝘮 𝘢𝘭𝘭 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴, 𝘵𝘰 𝘭𝘪𝘷𝘦 𝘪𝘯 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘰𝘳𝘪𝘨𝘪𝘯𝘢𝘭𝘪𝘵𝘺 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘴𝘪𝘮𝘱𝘭𝘪𝘤𝘪𝘵𝘺 𝘸𝘩𝘪𝘤𝘩 𝘢𝘳𝘦 𝘩𝘶𝘮𝘢𝘯.
𝘚𝘱𝘪𝘳𝘪𝘵𝘶𝘢𝘭 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴 𝘢𝘳𝘦 𝘢 𝘮𝘦𝘢𝘯𝘴 𝘵𝘰 𝘦𝘹𝘱𝘦𝘳𝘪𝘦𝘯𝘤𝘦 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘓𝘪𝘨𝘩𝘵. 𝘛𝘰 𝘭𝘪𝘷𝘦 𝘪𝘯 𝘓𝘪𝘨𝘩𝘵, 𝘩𝘰𝘸𝘦𝘷𝘦𝘳, 𝘪𝘴 𝘮𝘰𝘳𝘦 𝘪𝘮𝘱𝘰𝘳𝘵𝘢𝘯𝘵 𝘵𝘩𝘢𝘯 𝘵𝘰 𝘭𝘪𝘷𝘦 𝘪𝘯 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴 𝘰𝘧 𝘭𝘪𝘨𝘩𝘵. 𝘞𝘩𝘦𝘯 𝘰𝘶𝘳 𝘵𝘩𝘰𝘶𝘨𝘩𝘵𝘴 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘦𝘮𝘰𝘵𝘪𝘰𝘯𝘴 𝘣𝘦𝘤𝘰𝘮𝘦 𝘵𝘳𝘢𝘯𝘴𝘱𝘢𝘳𝘦𝘯𝘵 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘸𝘦 𝘭𝘪𝘷𝘦 𝘥𝘦𝘦𝘱 𝘦𝘯𝘰𝘶𝘨𝘩 𝘪𝘯 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘓𝘪𝘨𝘩𝘵 𝘢𝘭𝘴𝘰 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴 𝘦𝘹𝘱𝘳𝘦𝘴𝘴𝘪𝘯𝘨 𝘵𝘩𝘳𝘰𝘶𝘨𝘩 𝘶𝘴 𝘣𝘦𝘤𝘰𝘮𝘦 𝘮𝘢𝘨𝘯𝘦𝘵𝘪𝘤.
𝘈𝘯𝘥 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘱𝘦𝘰𝘱𝘭𝘦 𝘵𝘩𝘦𝘯 𝘭𝘪𝘴𝘵𝘦𝘯𝘪𝘯𝘨 𝘵𝘰 𝘶𝘴 𝘢𝘯𝘥 𝘢𝘴𝘴𝘪𝘮𝘪𝘭𝘢𝘵𝘪𝘯𝘨 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴 𝘸𝘪𝘭𝘭 𝘦𝘲𝘶𝘢𝘭𝘭𝘺 𝘭𝘪𝘷𝘦 𝘣𝘦𝘺𝘰𝘯𝘥 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘤𝘰𝘯𝘤𝘦𝘱𝘵𝘴 𝘪𝘯 𝘵𝘩𝘦 𝘓𝘪𝘨𝘩𝘵.
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus – The Alchemist of the Age / Saturn / notes from seminars.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
21.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 𝕋𝕙𝕖 𝕄𝕒𝕤𝕥𝕖𝕣𝕤 𝕠𝕗 𝕎𝕚𝕤𝕕𝕠𝕞 - 𝕋𝕙𝕖 𝕁𝕠𝕦𝕣𝕟𝕖𝕪 𝕀𝕟𝕤𝕚𝕕𝕖 - 𝟙𝟝𝟜 🌹
🌴 𝔹𝕖𝕪𝕠𝕟𝕕 ℂ𝕠𝕟𝕔𝕖𝕡𝕥𝕤 - 𝟜 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Projections and Background 🌻
All our concepts exist for us as long as we exist as individuals, as well-defined units. When we open up to infinity they also don’t continue to exist.
The biggest of all illusions is our having the feeling that “I exist”. Krishna whispered Arjuna the secret of all secrets into the ear: “You don’t exist at all.” There is nothing other than THAT. There is not something like my soul and your soul; only seemingly we are many.
There is one soul, one consciousness, one vital force working through many forms. This is a secret, for even if we hear it every day we keep on forgetting it. Meditation and prayer are means to remain in this connection.
And we keep on gathering in groups to remind us of the unity of this bond. When this connection is strengthened we can realise the work of the Divine in its diversity and magnificence.
This is life in synthesis. We achieve it when we understand that we are the background.
As soon as we awake and think that we exist, this awareness is a projection of existence itself. Everything is just a projection on this background from out of which our consciousness springs – our thoughts, desires and actions.
When we live in projections, however sublime they might be, we lose sight of the whole and fall into the multiplicity of concepts.
But if we can remain with the awareness of the background we have a conscious connection with the source even while working in daily life.
Then we always know what we have to do in a given moment, and all that happens becomes acceptable for us. We live in the awareness that we are a creation of the origin, like every other being, too. We are always only THAT.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus – The Alchemist of the Age / Saturn / notes from seminars.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
🌴 𝔹𝕖𝕪𝕠𝕟𝕕 ℂ𝕠𝕟𝕔𝕖𝕡𝕥𝕤 - 𝟜 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Projections and Background 🌻
All our concepts exist for us as long as we exist as individuals, as well-defined units. When we open up to infinity they also don’t continue to exist.
The biggest of all illusions is our having the feeling that “I exist”. Krishna whispered Arjuna the secret of all secrets into the ear: “You don’t exist at all.” There is nothing other than THAT. There is not something like my soul and your soul; only seemingly we are many.
There is one soul, one consciousness, one vital force working through many forms. This is a secret, for even if we hear it every day we keep on forgetting it. Meditation and prayer are means to remain in this connection.
And we keep on gathering in groups to remind us of the unity of this bond. When this connection is strengthened we can realise the work of the Divine in its diversity and magnificence.
This is life in synthesis. We achieve it when we understand that we are the background.
As soon as we awake and think that we exist, this awareness is a projection of existence itself. Everything is just a projection on this background from out of which our consciousness springs – our thoughts, desires and actions.
When we live in projections, however sublime they might be, we lose sight of the whole and fall into the multiplicity of concepts.
But if we can remain with the awareness of the background we have a conscious connection with the source even while working in daily life.
Then we always know what we have to do in a given moment, and all that happens becomes acceptable for us. We live in the awareness that we are a creation of the origin, like every other being, too. We are always only THAT.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources : Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus – The Alchemist of the Age / Saturn / notes from seminars.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
22.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 T͎h͎e͎ M͎a͎s͎t͎e͎r͎s͎ o͎f͎ W͎i͎s͎d͎o͎m͎ - T͎h͎e͎ J͎o͎u͎r͎n͎e͎y͎ I͎n͎s͎i͎d͎e͎ - 1͎5͎5͎ 🌹
🌴 T͎h͎e͎ E͎m͎o͎t͎i͎o͎n͎a͎l͎ P͎l͎a͎n͎e͎ - 1͎ 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Planes of Existence, 🌻
The one existence manifests through seven planes.
Existence emerges from pure existence as awareness, as love, as wisdom or buddhic existence, as mental, emotional and physical existence.
I AM exists as a universal consciousness and appears in us as an individual consciousness, as an individual soul.
As souls, we came down from the super-soul to experience at all planes. But we mostly live on the physical, the emotional and the mental planes; sometimes we also touch buddhi.
We should ask ourselves where we prefer to stay. Most people today are strongly focused on the material plane.
If we are only physically oriented and express the lower desires of life, we are stuck at the base centre. When we are emotional, we move about in the sacral centre. When we are intellectually oriented and like to talk about our personal opinions, it is through the solar plexus.
When we are caught within the triangular forces of the solar plexus, sacral and base centres, we are governed by emotions, impulses, and instincts, and our energies flow downwards. Majority of our problems is due to the imbalance of emotions - either when we suppress emotional desires or indulge in too much emotion.
90 percent of humanity is still very emotional. Also, most of the diseases that humanity suffers from have emotional causes.
People who turn to meditation usually do not realize the need for the preparatory steps.
Many are concerned with occultism without having first satisfied the basic material and emotional needs. Because of their economic and emotional shortcomings, they will have problems as they progress.
Meditation exercises require an orderly physical life, emotional stability, and a healthy, balanced thinking. Without purity on the mental, emotional and physical planes, you cannot experience the Light.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Healer’s Handbook. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹🌹
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 156 🌹
🌴 The Emotional Plane - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Problems of the Emotional Plane 🌻
The emotional and mental planes are our biggest problems. Thoughts come to us, even if we do not want them at all. Emotionally, we have likes and dislikes; we establish relationships where we later find out,
“Oh! I should not have established a relation with this person …” We lose control of ourselves when we are unable to properly handle our thoughts and emotions.
The material, too, has the tendency to bind us as much as we relate to it. The soul does not feel comfortable with such bondage. At the higher planes, the attachment does not exist.
There, the soul lives free and unbound. The key to liberation lies in our mind. When we focus it on the soul and the universal consciousness, it leads to liberation.
Wisdom tells us to minimize our physical, emotional, and mental activities to allow more time for noble things relating to the soul.
We are the soul, but we are so immersed in a sea of sensory forces that we feel suffocation there. The lower activities do not stop unless we stop them; they might keep us busy beyond this life.
Only when we try to get in touch with the higher self we can get out there and dominate the lower bodies. We should not put up resistance to the lower bodies but transcend them. The key to this is the science of yoga.
However much we may be in physical, emotional and mental chaos in our lives, we can still try every day to establish contact with the Higher Self.
We can connect with a Master of Wisdom and ask Him for help to focus on the Higher Self. As soon as we think of him, he sends us the fitting force.
For this reason, we daily invoke the Master or a group of Masters that we like. In this presence, we can carry out our efforts, and we will slowly be able to gain mastery over our personality life.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Healer’s Handbook. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
24.Aug.2020
🌴 T͎h͎e͎ E͎m͎o͎t͎i͎o͎n͎a͎l͎ P͎l͎a͎n͎e͎ - 1͎ 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Planes of Existence, 🌻
The one existence manifests through seven planes.
Existence emerges from pure existence as awareness, as love, as wisdom or buddhic existence, as mental, emotional and physical existence.
I AM exists as a universal consciousness and appears in us as an individual consciousness, as an individual soul.
As souls, we came down from the super-soul to experience at all planes. But we mostly live on the physical, the emotional and the mental planes; sometimes we also touch buddhi.
We should ask ourselves where we prefer to stay. Most people today are strongly focused on the material plane.
If we are only physically oriented and express the lower desires of life, we are stuck at the base centre. When we are emotional, we move about in the sacral centre. When we are intellectually oriented and like to talk about our personal opinions, it is through the solar plexus.
When we are caught within the triangular forces of the solar plexus, sacral and base centres, we are governed by emotions, impulses, and instincts, and our energies flow downwards. Majority of our problems is due to the imbalance of emotions - either when we suppress emotional desires or indulge in too much emotion.
90 percent of humanity is still very emotional. Also, most of the diseases that humanity suffers from have emotional causes.
People who turn to meditation usually do not realize the need for the preparatory steps.
Many are concerned with occultism without having first satisfied the basic material and emotional needs. Because of their economic and emotional shortcomings, they will have problems as they progress.
Meditation exercises require an orderly physical life, emotional stability, and a healthy, balanced thinking. Without purity on the mental, emotional and physical planes, you cannot experience the Light.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Healer’s Handbook. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹🌹
23.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 156 🌹
🌴 The Emotional Plane - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Problems of the Emotional Plane 🌻
The emotional and mental planes are our biggest problems. Thoughts come to us, even if we do not want them at all. Emotionally, we have likes and dislikes; we establish relationships where we later find out,
“Oh! I should not have established a relation with this person …” We lose control of ourselves when we are unable to properly handle our thoughts and emotions.
The material, too, has the tendency to bind us as much as we relate to it. The soul does not feel comfortable with such bondage. At the higher planes, the attachment does not exist.
There, the soul lives free and unbound. The key to liberation lies in our mind. When we focus it on the soul and the universal consciousness, it leads to liberation.
Wisdom tells us to minimize our physical, emotional, and mental activities to allow more time for noble things relating to the soul.
We are the soul, but we are so immersed in a sea of sensory forces that we feel suffocation there. The lower activities do not stop unless we stop them; they might keep us busy beyond this life.
Only when we try to get in touch with the higher self we can get out there and dominate the lower bodies. We should not put up resistance to the lower bodies but transcend them. The key to this is the science of yoga.
However much we may be in physical, emotional and mental chaos in our lives, we can still try every day to establish contact with the Higher Self.
We can connect with a Master of Wisdom and ask Him for help to focus on the Higher Self. As soon as we think of him, he sends us the fitting force.
For this reason, we daily invoke the Master or a group of Masters that we like. In this presence, we can carry out our efforts, and we will slowly be able to gain mastery over our personality life.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Healer’s Handbook. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
24.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 тнє мαѕтєяѕ σƒ ωιѕ∂σм - тнє נσυяηєу ιηѕι∂є - 157 🌹
🌴 тнє ємσтισηαℓ ρℓαηє - 3 🌴
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 The Astral Plane 🌻
The reactions of the lower nature arise through the activity of the astral plane of emotions. 'Astral' is a word that has caused confusion for the last hundred years.
The word comes from the Latin ‘astrum’ and the Greek ‘astron’, (star), meaning 'related to the stars, to the light'. Helena Blavatsky uses it in relation to the original light. Light is a reflection of the consciousness on the most subtle matter.
We call it Akasha or the astral light. When we get to the buddhic plane, we will find more consciousness and less matter there - this is called the state of light.
When Blavatsky speaks of the astral body, it is the body of light and of life. She includes the etheric plane, the vital plane and the emotional plane. When Alice Bailey uses the word astral, she refers to the emotional plane and the body of desire.
But not everything astral is emotional. Therefore, those who study the Bailey books have a limited understanding of the astral body. To equate astral with emotional goes against common sense.
There is a body of life, a body of light and a body of desire; these three taken together is called the astral body. The etheric part of the astral body transmits light. The body of light is called the etheric body.
The astral body also includes the part of life force, prana. And as a kind of sediment, there is the emotional part as well, the desire body or emotional body; in Sanskrit it is called Kama Sarira.
The etheric body acts as a link between the emotional body and the physical body and as a link between the vital body and the physical body.
Through the vital body the etheric body transmits vital force and through the emotional body it transmits emotions.
Between the physical and the vital, there is a thick layer of emotional matter. This layer comes from desires of objectivity and it forms an obstacle between the physical body and the vital body.
When the emotional body is disturbed, the etheric body does not function properly and it does not transmit enough prana to the physical body.
Thus, intense emotions such as strong desire and clinging, anger and fury, hatred, jealousy, envy, pride and prejudice indicate disorders of the emotional body.
They also create obstacles between the vital body and the mental body. When the lower sub-planes of the mental plane become very dense, they pull us down into the emotional plane.
Further, there are obstacles between the mental and buddhic planes through the concretized concepts of mind.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Healer’s Handbook. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
25.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 ₮ⱧɆ ₥₳₴₮ɆⱤ₴ Ø₣ ₩ł₴ĐØ₥ - ₮ⱧɆ JØɄⱤ₦ɆɎ ł₦₴łĐɆ - 158 🌹
🌴 ₮ⱧɆ Ɇ₥Ø₮łØ₦₳Ⱡ ₱Ⱡ₳₦Ɇ - 4 🌴✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Purification of the Emotional Body 🌻
The purification of the emotional body involves constant observation of our motives and desires. Emotions can be overcome by aligning our desires with a noble ideal. By focusing all our energies on the noble ideal, the emotions also find a direction.
Therefore, the sages say, “Have a purpose in life.” The fire of aspiration purifies the emotions and turns them into devotion. Emotions are like impure water. Devotion is like clear water, it is not emotion. By working with respiration, we also dry out the emotions and purify them.
This work creates heat in the body and lets the water to evaporate. Thus, the influence of the emotional matter is overcome. When all emotions and also the mental stuff are cleansed, the astral light that remains is the buddhic light.
To neutralize emotions and heal emotional disorders, mantras and colours are very helpful. RAM is a sound for cleaning the solar plexus. The sound SAM helps to remove obstacles and achieve balance.
Rose is the colour of the pure emotional body; it neutralizes emotions, calms down the nervous system, promotes a positive attitude and helps with depression. Essence of roses as well as rose flowers have an antidepressant effect.
Light blue is appropriate to heal emotional wounds, but in order to transcend wounds we should contemplate orange; it heals emotional disorders, strengthens the vital force and closes tears in the etheric tissue.
Silver grey and silver objects help calm the emotional system. In homeopathy, Argentum Nitricum (potentized silver) is known as a remedy to cure various emotional disorders such as anxiety. To absorb the silver vibration, it is recommended to place water overnight in a silver cup at the head and drink it in the morning.
Non-emotional prayers are also an excellent way to stabilize emotions. Many subtle adjustments happen as well when we offer ourselves to the higher beings before sleep and visualize how golden light or soothing blue surrounds us.
The immediate task of the disciples is to build and magnetize the etheric body and simultaneously detach it from the emotional body.
By invoking prana, Master CVV helps build a strong and healthy etheric body. When the etheric body is stable, so that it maintains its natural electrical and magnetic power, this form can be separated from the emotional body and it will survive the physical body.
Thus, death is overcome. When the influence of the emotional body is neutralized and the emotions open the way for the pranic flow, esoteric healing is also possible. For this reason, all initiates are natural healers.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Healer’s Handbook. Notes from seminars.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
26 Aug 2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓜𝓪𝓼𝓽𝓮𝓻𝓼 𝓸𝓯 𝓦𝓲𝓼𝓭𝓸𝓶 - 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓙𝓸𝓾𝓻𝓷𝓮𝔂 𝓘𝓷𝓼𝓲𝓭𝓮 - 159 🌹
🌴 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓲𝓬 𝓟𝓵𝓪𝓷𝓮 - 1 🌴
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Intellect and Intuition 🌻
The intellectual abilities of man encompass analytical thinking and interpreting.
This is reinforced through today’s educational system and is important in order to be effective in the external world.
The development of the intellect should not be confused with spiritual development though.
One of the spiritual abilities is the power of synthesis, through which we recognize the deeper correlations and the meaning of that which leads us to intellectual understanding. The intellect thinks critically.
Wisdom sees everything according to its purpose, and unanimity dominates. “The apparent contrasts complement each other,” said Pythagoras.
The intellect or mind can be equated with the Manas-principle, spirituality with Buddhi or the light of wisdom, and highest Divinity with Atma.
While Manas transmits messages from the environment to the inner man and also carries commands of will from within to the outside, Buddhi makes decisions about how to do things the right way.
It knows what is good and bad, what we should do or what rather not. In terms of reasoning, there is a gap between what we know and what we do.
We must build a bridge over this gap in order to live our lives in the light of wisdom. The bridge spans from the mental to the Buddhic plane, from intellect to intuition.
In the beginning, intuition is only a flashlight; but over time it transforms into a daily occurrence. “You connect yourselves, thus you receive.”
This is the promise of every master. “I guide and teach you from within. I will organize your personality from within. I will conduct the necessary transformations.”
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
27 Aug 2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌴 The Buddhic Plane - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Guidance from Within - 1 🌻
Many people do not dare to meditate on the Buddhic plane. In this case, we choose a master who lives there, a Master of Wisdom. He is always on the Buddhic plane, and by meditating upon him we are already there ourselves - without knowing it.
The daily contemplation is important to re-call him in ourselves. When we close our eyes, we visualize the shape we are invoking as beautiful and as full of light as we can, and we connect mentally with it.
We can talk to him and tell him our problems. We can ask for guidance and advise. Then, the Buddhic plane will unfold in us, and we will hear in the heart what we should plan and do.
Without a teacher, we can easily get lost on the mental or Buddhic plane and become stuck.
There is even a certain part of the Buddhic plane where twisting and manipulation can occur. This way, some religions distorted old wisdom concepts and claimed them their properties to gain advantage.
For most people wisdom remains a concept as it appears in the books they study. It is only a mental burden for them without any real purpose. When some talk about wisdom, we feel like running away because all they do is recalling conceptual ideas.
They have neither assimilated what they studied, nor have they experienced the wisdom.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
28 Aug 2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌴 𝓣𝓱𝓮 𝓑𝓾𝓭𝓭𝓱𝓲𝓬 𝓟𝓵𝓪𝓷𝓮 - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Guidance from Within - 2 🌻
The purpose of studying wisdom is to step forward to the Atmic plane and to enter into self-awareness which we call the I AM or the soul.
There, wisdom disappears, just as the mental concepts have disappeared before hand already. Everything disappears - only the beauty of the awareness of existence remains.
The reasoning capacity of an elephant does not fit into that of a fly. Buddhi, the capacity of the soul, is much greater than the capacity of the brain.
Thus, it resides outside of the brain rather than within. The brain is only an instrument of the soul and, hence, the reasoning capacity of it. The initiate does not think with the brain, but outside of it.
That is why many initiates are proclaimed insane by their fellow men who cannot understand them. The one, for example, who lives in the higher realms of the Buddhic plane does not consider anything to belong to him, while the average man constantly thinks in terms of “mine” and “yours”.
For the initiate, it is an experience that everything belongs to the One, even he himself. He does not think “my possession, my house, my land…” When he contemplates upon the soul, he forgets his body.
The idea of holding on to something belongs to the reasoning capacity and the lower levels of Buddhi.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
29 Aug 2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 ŤĤĔ МĂŚŤĔŔŚ ŐŦ ŴĨŚĎŐМ - ŤĤĔ ĴŐÚŔŃĔŶ ĨŃŚĨĎĔ - 162 🌹
🌴 ŤĤĔ βÚĎĎĤĨČ РĹĂŃĔ - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Buddhic Planes 🌻
When we divide the Buddhic planes into three parts, we find all wisdom books on the third and lowest part. The books are accessible by our mind; there is a certain logic in them and many explanations.
When we ascend to the second and first level of the Buddhic plane, we find intuition in the second part and pure experience in the first.
Intuition does not stand logic. We may develop a certain logic for intuition, but when it comes to experience things become more difficult.
Oftentimes, in occult sciences such as astrology the act of interpretation derives from the intuitive plane; something make sense, although there is no logical explanation regarding the constellation of the planets.
This is a common experience for those who work with astrology and homeopathy from the intuitive plane.
The mental body, too, we can divide into three parts: in the mental-emotional, the coloring of the mental lies somewhere between orange and pink.
On the higher planes, the emotional aspect of the mental transforms into the love of wisdom. The intellectual-mental is filled with a bright orange color when the thinking is not crystallized, but clear and flexible.
The orange color of the pure mental enables us to experience wisdom. Wisdom is experienced as golden-yellow and leads eventually to a honey-yellow color.
The intuitive-mental is the body of intuition; also called the Buddhic body, which is of a bluish-white light. The motivate force of the body of wisdom is called causal body.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
30.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 163 🌹
🌴 The Buddhic Plane - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Colors 🌻
Orange is the color of light in the material, the spirit in matter. Golden-yellow is the color of the light of the pure Buddhic plane, the most subtle material, also called Devachan. Blue is the color of the spiritual plane, beyond matter.
When we elevate ourselves to the Buddhic plane, we can perceive colors clearly and even hear their sounds. One symbol for contemplation is a blue center surrounded by golden-yellow which is framed by orange.
If we see ourselves as spirit at the center of a circle, then the first circle around the center is the light, the soul itself; its enlightenment is called Buddhi. We don’t have to do anything to purify this light. Then there is the personality.
Depending on how advanced we are, it is controlled by either higher or lower thinking. The mind needs to be cleared of impurities to a point where thinking becomes transparent.
The light of the soul can shine through the body when thoughts are no longer drenched with personal motives and desires.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
31.Aug.2020
🌴 The Buddhic Plane - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Colors 🌻
Orange is the color of light in the material, the spirit in matter. Golden-yellow is the color of the light of the pure Buddhic plane, the most subtle material, also called Devachan. Blue is the color of the spiritual plane, beyond matter.
When we elevate ourselves to the Buddhic plane, we can perceive colors clearly and even hear their sounds. One symbol for contemplation is a blue center surrounded by golden-yellow which is framed by orange.
If we see ourselves as spirit at the center of a circle, then the first circle around the center is the light, the soul itself; its enlightenment is called Buddhi. We don’t have to do anything to purify this light. Then there is the personality.
Depending on how advanced we are, it is controlled by either higher or lower thinking. The mind needs to be cleared of impurities to a point where thinking becomes transparent.
The light of the soul can shine through the body when thoughts are no longer drenched with personal motives and desires.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
31.Aug.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 164 🌹
🌴 The Buddhic Plane - 6 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Calling down the Light 🌻
This, we want to accomplish through spiritual practice such as the daily singing of Gayatri. The true essence of Gayatri is the alignment with the Buddhic plane.
We ask for a stimulation of the Buddhic plane in us so that the light can descend and rule over our thinking.
“Tat Savitur Varenyam” – may the light embrace us. We meditate upon the source of all light, “Bhargo Devasya Dhimahi”, so that the light of the soul can descend:
“Dhiyo Yonah Prachodayat”. And in the Great Invocation, we say, “From the Point of Light within the Mind of God - Let Light stream forth into the minds of men - Let Light descend on Earth.”
We can visualize how the light radiates from the head center, from the jewel in the lotus, and penetrates us from the Ajna center: “OM MANI PADME HUM”.
Buddha gave it so. Hum is like OM a sound of invocation. The light should penetrate us to that extent that our personality is freed of all egotism and we recognize the soul in everything.
We should contemplate upon this daily when we fill our system with the energy of the soul.
All those who continually stand in the light of the soul on the Buddhic plane are called Buddhas or Masters of Wisdom.
Especially during the Vaisakh full moon, the full moon of the Buddha, we can open ourselves to receive the energies of the Buddhic plane.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
01 Sep 2020
🌴 The Buddhic Plane - 6 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻 Calling down the Light 🌻
This, we want to accomplish through spiritual practice such as the daily singing of Gayatri. The true essence of Gayatri is the alignment with the Buddhic plane.
We ask for a stimulation of the Buddhic plane in us so that the light can descend and rule over our thinking.
“Tat Savitur Varenyam” – may the light embrace us. We meditate upon the source of all light, “Bhargo Devasya Dhimahi”, so that the light of the soul can descend:
“Dhiyo Yonah Prachodayat”. And in the Great Invocation, we say, “From the Point of Light within the Mind of God - Let Light stream forth into the minds of men - Let Light descend on Earth.”
We can visualize how the light radiates from the head center, from the jewel in the lotus, and penetrates us from the Ajna center: “OM MANI PADME HUM”.
Buddha gave it so. Hum is like OM a sound of invocation. The light should penetrate us to that extent that our personality is freed of all egotism and we recognize the soul in everything.
We should contemplate upon this daily when we fill our system with the energy of the soul.
All those who continually stand in the light of the soul on the Buddhic plane are called Buddhas or Masters of Wisdom.
Especially during the Vaisakh full moon, the full moon of the Buddha, we can open ourselves to receive the energies of the Buddhic plane.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Mithila / seminar notes – Master E. Krishnamacharya: Occult Anatomy / Full Moon Meditations.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
01 Sep 2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 𝙏𝙝𝙚 𝙈𝙖𝙨𝙩𝙚𝙧𝙨 𝙤𝙛 𝙒𝙞𝙨𝙙𝙤𝙢 - 𝙏𝙝𝙚 𝙅𝙤𝙪𝙧𝙣𝙚𝙮 𝙄𝙣𝙨𝙞𝙙𝙚 - 165 🌹
🌴 𝙏𝙝𝙚 𝘽𝙧𝙞𝙙𝙜𝙚 - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Student and Teacher - 1 🌻
There is a saying that you can lead a horse to a drinking trough, but you cannot force it to drink water. The horse only drinks when it is thirsty. It is the same with people who seek wisdom.
Some are particularly thirsty, others are just curious and inquisitive, but not so thirsty that they would jump into the pool of wisdom.
Among many students there are only a few who are thirsty enough to penetrate into deeper wisdom through their sincere practice of the teachings.
They are full of fiery aspiration and ready to work with the teachings in their lives and to transform themselves.
This creates a true relationship between them and the teacher. During their prayers, meditations and sleep they receive much more information and teaching from the teacher.
The teacher can supply them greater energy for they are fit to receive the energies.
For the other students, such a supply of energy is neither permitted nor is it possible.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
02 Sep 2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 166 🌹
🌴 The Bridge - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Student and Teacher - 2 🌻
The teacher is generally available to all and instructs all. The sincere disciples who pick up the teaching and use it with joy build a bridge between themselves and the teacher; they gain access to the inner chamber of the teacher’s being.
The bridge between teacher and student is built by the knowledge the teacher communicates.
Wisdom forms an eternal connection between teacher and disciple, between the Hierarchy and humanity.
The Vedas say, “If wisdom is not taught, there can be no bridge to Hierarchy.”
The Masters are the outposts of wisdom; they not only convey the knowledge and the related rules but also illustrate them in their daily lives.
But it is up to us to build the bridge of wisdom in order to reach the Hierarchy. We cannot connect to the teacher until we have connected to his teachings.
A sporadic emotional connection to the teacher does not yet build the bridge to let the needed energies flow from the teacher to the student.
The bridge will remain as long as we follow the teachings and translate them into our daily lives.
As soon as we no longer follow the teaching, the bridge dissolves, and we are then disconnected from the teacher, even if he is next to us.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
03.Sep.2020
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Student and Teacher - 2 🌻
The teacher is generally available to all and instructs all. The sincere disciples who pick up the teaching and use it with joy build a bridge between themselves and the teacher; they gain access to the inner chamber of the teacher’s being.
The bridge between teacher and student is built by the knowledge the teacher communicates.
Wisdom forms an eternal connection between teacher and disciple, between the Hierarchy and humanity.
The Vedas say, “If wisdom is not taught, there can be no bridge to Hierarchy.”
The Masters are the outposts of wisdom; they not only convey the knowledge and the related rules but also illustrate them in their daily lives.
But it is up to us to build the bridge of wisdom in order to reach the Hierarchy. We cannot connect to the teacher until we have connected to his teachings.
A sporadic emotional connection to the teacher does not yet build the bridge to let the needed energies flow from the teacher to the student.
The bridge will remain as long as we follow the teachings and translate them into our daily lives.
As soon as we no longer follow the teaching, the bridge dissolves, and we are then disconnected from the teacher, even if he is next to us.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
03.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 167 🌹
🌴 The Bridge - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Student and Teacher - 3 🌻
We are so accustomed to physical things that we think that the presence of a teacher is also physical. But it is never physical.
A teacher is one who has realized in himself the Buddhic consciousness, who has realized himself as a soul and who has built a bridge to the universal soul or God.
He lives in connection with God, with the universal energy. He is able to convey to the seeker the sublime states of consciousness.
Therefore, it is said that the presence of the teacher transforms the disciple just like a piece of iron is magnetized near a magnet.
In the same way, the presence of the Master manifests in each aspirant who invokes the name of Master CVV. As a result of this presence, Prana flows from the surrounding space into the aspirant.
The presence of the teacher or Master is a catalyst. It is simply there, and the one who receives this presence transforms himself. The presence itself does nothing, it IS only.
Being in the presence of a person who lives in Buddhi and does not let himself get entangled in mundane matters, is the easiest and most effective way to build the bridge to the super-mundane and to cross that bridge.
Therefore, the presence of a Master should be regularly contemplated.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
04.Sep.2020
🌴 The Bridge - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Student and Teacher - 3 🌻
We are so accustomed to physical things that we think that the presence of a teacher is also physical. But it is never physical.
A teacher is one who has realized in himself the Buddhic consciousness, who has realized himself as a soul and who has built a bridge to the universal soul or God.
He lives in connection with God, with the universal energy. He is able to convey to the seeker the sublime states of consciousness.
Therefore, it is said that the presence of the teacher transforms the disciple just like a piece of iron is magnetized near a magnet.
In the same way, the presence of the Master manifests in each aspirant who invokes the name of Master CVV. As a result of this presence, Prana flows from the surrounding space into the aspirant.
The presence of the teacher or Master is a catalyst. It is simply there, and the one who receives this presence transforms himself. The presence itself does nothing, it IS only.
Being in the presence of a person who lives in Buddhi and does not let himself get entangled in mundane matters, is the easiest and most effective way to build the bridge to the super-mundane and to cross that bridge.
Therefore, the presence of a Master should be regularly contemplated.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
04.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 168 🌹
🌴 The Bridge - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Construction of the Bridge - 1 🌻
Building this bridge is the essence of all paths to God. The first step is to build the bridge between the mind of the soul and the mind of the body, from the etheric brain to the physical brain.
The etheric brain has much greater knowledge and awareness. The physical brain needs to be transformed so that we can receive impulses from higher planes and manifest them on the physical plane.
By pondering on what the teachers have said and by contemplating the Light of wisdom - the Light of Buddhi - the Light illumines our brain cells. Thus, our mind becomes more receptive and we can understand higher thoughts.
The mind is the most valuable tool that nature has given us to build this bridge. An ineffective mind is a weak bridge that does not allow the influx of energies.
An average intellect thinks that an aspirant is an impractical daydreamer and is building bridges into the sky.
But the truth is that you can build bridges into the sky, into the super-mundane world, when the sense of subtle perception is developed. Thus, we can see many possibilities that were not visible to us before.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
05.Sep.2020
🌴 The Bridge - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Construction of the Bridge - 1 🌻
Building this bridge is the essence of all paths to God. The first step is to build the bridge between the mind of the soul and the mind of the body, from the etheric brain to the physical brain.
The etheric brain has much greater knowledge and awareness. The physical brain needs to be transformed so that we can receive impulses from higher planes and manifest them on the physical plane.
By pondering on what the teachers have said and by contemplating the Light of wisdom - the Light of Buddhi - the Light illumines our brain cells. Thus, our mind becomes more receptive and we can understand higher thoughts.
The mind is the most valuable tool that nature has given us to build this bridge. An ineffective mind is a weak bridge that does not allow the influx of energies.
An average intellect thinks that an aspirant is an impractical daydreamer and is building bridges into the sky.
But the truth is that you can build bridges into the sky, into the super-mundane world, when the sense of subtle perception is developed. Thus, we can see many possibilities that were not visible to us before.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
05.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 169 🌹
🌴 The Bridge - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Construction of the Bridge - 2 🌻
The bridge is not on the physical or astral plane but in the matter of the mental plane. It is a combination of matter of the mental plane and the Buddhic plane.
You need a teacher at this point. He guides and strengthens us to master the challenges of life when our intentions are serious. When we invoke the Master, he answers us and builds the bridge down to us.
Master CVV said, “Just call me by phone every day. I will come to you and build the bridge. You call and I will answer via the telegraph.” People thought that these were all crazy statements.
With telephoning, he meant contacting the higher intelligences, and with telegraphing, that we decode the impressions we have received and do the work. Buddhi is the plane for transmission to higher circles and also for reception from there.
The bridge from the lower to the higher planes leads via the body consciousness, then the personality consciousness into the soul consciousness and finally connects with the consciousness of the supersoul.
To be able to begin building the bridge, we have to practice the steps of the Yoga path - especially the first two basic steps of regulation and correction - and submit ourselves to the soul, the higher self.
Yoga speaks of the alignment of the personality to the soul with the help of regular practice of conscious breathing.
Slow, gentle, deep and uniform respiration brings the mind into resonance with the pulsation and leads to the fusion with the subtle pulsation.
The sound of respiration slowly becomes OM, the sound of Prana. OM is the bridge that connects the separate consciousness with the oceanic consciousness.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
06.Sep.2020
🌴 The Bridge - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Construction of the Bridge - 2 🌻
The bridge is not on the physical or astral plane but in the matter of the mental plane. It is a combination of matter of the mental plane and the Buddhic plane.
You need a teacher at this point. He guides and strengthens us to master the challenges of life when our intentions are serious. When we invoke the Master, he answers us and builds the bridge down to us.
Master CVV said, “Just call me by phone every day. I will come to you and build the bridge. You call and I will answer via the telegraph.” People thought that these were all crazy statements.
With telephoning, he meant contacting the higher intelligences, and with telegraphing, that we decode the impressions we have received and do the work. Buddhi is the plane for transmission to higher circles and also for reception from there.
The bridge from the lower to the higher planes leads via the body consciousness, then the personality consciousness into the soul consciousness and finally connects with the consciousness of the supersoul.
To be able to begin building the bridge, we have to practice the steps of the Yoga path - especially the first two basic steps of regulation and correction - and submit ourselves to the soul, the higher self.
Yoga speaks of the alignment of the personality to the soul with the help of regular practice of conscious breathing.
Slow, gentle, deep and uniform respiration brings the mind into resonance with the pulsation and leads to the fusion with the subtle pulsation.
The sound of respiration slowly becomes OM, the sound of Prana. OM is the bridge that connects the separate consciousness with the oceanic consciousness.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
06.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 170 🌹🌴 The Bridge - 6 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Parts of the Bridge 🌻
The first part of the bridge goes from the solar plexus to the heart, from the personality to the light of the soul. The bridge then continues from the heart to the brow centre.
This centre between the eyebrows should not be confused with the Ajna. It is the highest point at which the personality can rise. It belongs to the pituitary gland (hypophysis).
The next bridge leads from the eyebrows to the Ajna, the seat of the soul. It is described by Master CVV as the 'Higher Bridge'. There is a mantra given by the Master to meditate on this bridge - 'Higher bridge beginning'.
One of the most ancient meditations to build this bridge between the pituitary and the pineal is to contemplate a bright star in the Ajna centre and visualize ourselves in the bridge between the eyebrows.
When this bridge is built, we will experience that we are living in the etheric body of golden light, even when the body of flesh and blood dies.
As soon as the bridge between the pineal and the pituitary is built, the central point between soul and personality gets activated.
It is called the birthplace of Indra (Indra Yoni). Through this centre the soul manifests into the personality; this is called the soul-infused personality.
Whenever the soul intends acting in the three worlds, this centre becomes activated and the heavenly mind manifests in the human body.
From this point of light within the mind of God, light streams forth into our minds: “Let light descend on earth.”
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
07.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Journey Inside - 171 🌹
🌴 The Bridge - 7 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Descent and Ascent 🌻
The last part of the bridge leads from the Ajna to the top of our forehead. The upper end is called the Eye of Shiva; it is much higher than the third eye. We cannot build this bridge from our side. It is built from top to bottom rather than from bottom to top.
Our effort to contemplate the highest bridge is through the grace and blessings of the Master. The Master himself presides over the students to enable building the bridge. With every prayer he stimulates in the students the ray of Uranus.
Master CVV said that he would build the bridge and transform us if we invoke his name during the prayer. This is the Avatar, the great descent; this is the synthesis.
Brahman builds the bridge to enter into us, and he leads us over this bridge to HIM. When the individual identity has merged in the totality of identity, this is called the seventh initiation, Samadhi.
People talk a lot about it not knowing the steps involved. Then we become THAT and dissolve in IT. I AM joins THAT and only THAT exists. The wave has connected to the sea. It is then said that we are one with Brahman.
Anyone who is one with the Brahman works and lives in such a way that he always stays in touch with Brahman. He stays in touch with the Absolute, descends into various planes of activity, conducts the work and then goes back to Brahman.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
08.Sep.2020
🌴 The Bridge - 7 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Descent and Ascent 🌻
The last part of the bridge leads from the Ajna to the top of our forehead. The upper end is called the Eye of Shiva; it is much higher than the third eye. We cannot build this bridge from our side. It is built from top to bottom rather than from bottom to top.
Our effort to contemplate the highest bridge is through the grace and blessings of the Master. The Master himself presides over the students to enable building the bridge. With every prayer he stimulates in the students the ray of Uranus.
Master CVV said that he would build the bridge and transform us if we invoke his name during the prayer. This is the Avatar, the great descent; this is the synthesis.
Brahman builds the bridge to enter into us, and he leads us over this bridge to HIM. When the individual identity has merged in the totality of identity, this is called the seventh initiation, Samadhi.
People talk a lot about it not knowing the steps involved. Then we become THAT and dissolve in IT. I AM joins THAT and only THAT exists. The wave has connected to the sea. It is then said that we are one with Brahman.
Anyone who is one with the Brahman works and lives in such a way that he always stays in touch with Brahman. He stays in touch with the Absolute, descends into various planes of activity, conducts the work and then goes back to Brahman.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources used: Master K.P. Kumar: Uranus. Notes from seminars. Master Dr. E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
08.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 172 🌹🌴 Sun and Consciousness - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Three Solar Centres 🌻
There are no connections with the Sun or the planets visible for us. It looks as if all of them were hanging in space without interrelation. But non-visible forces maintain the connections. Space isn’t empty but has structures which are interwoven as vortexes or orbits. The bodies of the planets move along these paths and receive their lives from the centre we call the Sun.
The visible Sun globe is not a ball of matter, but a lens, a focus, a reflection of the inner Sun principle. The Sun receives and transmits from it the light of the higher source. This higher centre is also called the central Sun. The physical Sun is for it a channel or a moon reflecting the light. Also the central or spiritual Sun is again a mirror, an expression of the cosmic Sun. These three represent the body of the Sun, its soul and the spirit.
In the Eastern wisdom the light, which on the cosmic plane is received from the Absolute God or the cosmic Sun, is called Bhargo Deva. Coming from the cosmic Sun, the light is received through the central Sun called Savitru. It passes on through it via the visible Sun light, Surya, to the earth, and we as the fourth ones receive it in our heart. It is only the One who manifests throughout all these planes.
The Sun worship is the ancient-most worship of the Divine on earth, and in the Gayatri-mantram the three centres – the physical Sun centre, the solar centre and the cosmic centre – are blended. The mantram is oriented to the cosmic light pouring down to us via the central Sun and via the planetary Sun. It is a humble petition to the Lord of Light to inspire and alert our wills: “We contemplate upon that Light of the Lord so that it embraces us and alerts our wills.”
When we sing the Gayatri-mantram, we can visualise how the light from beyond the Sun is invoked into the Ajna-centre and charges it with solar energy. Thus a channel for the Sunlight is formed into ourselves. It lets healing currents flow into us and energises ourselves and the surroundings. When we consciously utter the Gayatri in this manner, it is like taking a shower of light.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Uranus / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
09.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 173 🌹
🌴 Sun and Consciousness - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Twelve Lights of the One Light 🌻
The real Sun is the background of all light. It is also called the all-pervading light beyond darkness and in Eastern wisdom ”Aditi”.
Aditi is the primordial matter which is darkness to the comprehension of the beings, but the absolute Light for the seers. This Light is also called the Light or the Mother of the World.
The One Light divides itself into 12 lights and brings light and life into the 7 planes of existence. These 12 lights are also called the 12 Adityas, the sons of Aditi or the Devas of radiation.
They represent the soul aspect of creation and are the light of awareness with its 12 qualities. The energy of the 12 Adityas reaches the earth via the 12 Sun signs, when the Sun moves through the zodiac.
Thus the occult perception realizes that, though the Sun ray is always the same, the energy it transmits changes from month to month.
In our body the 12 Sun signs are localised from the head to the feet. And the twelve-petalled lotus of the heart is the solar centre in us.
Seen from the earth the Sun goes round the zodiac once in every twelve months. Jupiter completes his round in twelve years. We can therefore understand Jupiter as the bigger solar centre; through our actions of service it stimulates in us the solar principle, the soul.
The Sun and Jupiter give warmth, liveliness, affection and expansion. In our solar system Uranus is the representative of the cosmic Sun principle, he stands for the big Sun.
What the Sun accomplishes in one year, Uranus does in 12 times 7 years; his revolution takes 84 years. Via Uranus we receive the energies from higher circles. He causes a re-structuring of matter and sudden expansion.
The energy of Uranus is an all-pervading cosmic principle; it is incomprehensible and can only be experienced.
This energy today works through many planets, also through the Sun, and thus transmits the influence of the cosmic Sun.
In the Secret Doctrine the three aspects of the Sun are called Sol – Om – An.
The cosmic Sun is called Sol, the central Sun Om and the planetary Sun An. The human body is regarded as the temple of Solomon, because the threefold Sun is present in it.
This trinity is also worshipped as the holy Trinosophia, the triple wisdom called in the East Trayee Vidya, and it stands for the three syllables A-U-M of the OM.
In the language of the Western ritualists it is represented by AA-DO-NAI of the solar deity Adonai.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Uranus / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
10.Sep.2020
🌴 Sun and Consciousness - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Twelve Lights of the One Light 🌻
The real Sun is the background of all light. It is also called the all-pervading light beyond darkness and in Eastern wisdom ”Aditi”.
Aditi is the primordial matter which is darkness to the comprehension of the beings, but the absolute Light for the seers. This Light is also called the Light or the Mother of the World.
The One Light divides itself into 12 lights and brings light and life into the 7 planes of existence. These 12 lights are also called the 12 Adityas, the sons of Aditi or the Devas of radiation.
They represent the soul aspect of creation and are the light of awareness with its 12 qualities. The energy of the 12 Adityas reaches the earth via the 12 Sun signs, when the Sun moves through the zodiac.
Thus the occult perception realizes that, though the Sun ray is always the same, the energy it transmits changes from month to month.
In our body the 12 Sun signs are localised from the head to the feet. And the twelve-petalled lotus of the heart is the solar centre in us.
Seen from the earth the Sun goes round the zodiac once in every twelve months. Jupiter completes his round in twelve years. We can therefore understand Jupiter as the bigger solar centre; through our actions of service it stimulates in us the solar principle, the soul.
The Sun and Jupiter give warmth, liveliness, affection and expansion. In our solar system Uranus is the representative of the cosmic Sun principle, he stands for the big Sun.
What the Sun accomplishes in one year, Uranus does in 12 times 7 years; his revolution takes 84 years. Via Uranus we receive the energies from higher circles. He causes a re-structuring of matter and sudden expansion.
The energy of Uranus is an all-pervading cosmic principle; it is incomprehensible and can only be experienced.
This energy today works through many planets, also through the Sun, and thus transmits the influence of the cosmic Sun.
In the Secret Doctrine the three aspects of the Sun are called Sol – Om – An.
The cosmic Sun is called Sol, the central Sun Om and the planetary Sun An. The human body is regarded as the temple of Solomon, because the threefold Sun is present in it.
This trinity is also worshipped as the holy Trinosophia, the triple wisdom called in the East Trayee Vidya, and it stands for the three syllables A-U-M of the OM.
In the language of the Western ritualists it is represented by AA-DO-NAI of the solar deity Adonai.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Uranus / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
10.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌴 Sun and Consciousness - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E.
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Life and Consciousness - 1 🌻
Every human being has got a Sun-centre in him, which is his own consciousness as “I am”.
It is the centre of his point of view and horizon. We are Sunrays directly connected with the Sun, units of the solar energy. They are as much in the Sun as on earth and in us. Their movement is permeation and not relocation.
This means that it exists through and through, from the source to the last gross plane. Permeation is the basic quality of the soul which gives us an awareness which fulfils and pervades everything in us.
We can attune to the presence of the energies of the higher circles in us by meditating on them, saying a prayer or looking into a light and feeling the light in us.
We receive the energies from the super-soul via the individual soul, via Buddhi up to the mind.
We are part of the great system and therefore the teachings say that each one of us is a Sun having the potential to become a solar system.
As long as our consciousness is stuck in the mundane world, we are caught in it.
The sentence “I am in the world, but not of the world” reminds us that in our being we are solar angels who have to awaken from their sleep in matter.
The Sun gives us life and consciousness. For the awakening of consciousness it helps us to take in solar Prana through deep, conscious breathing, for on the etheric plane oxygen is solar energy. By exhaling carbon dioxide we expel the limitations through Saturn.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Uranus / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
11.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 175 🌹🌴 Sun and Consciousness - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Life and Consciousness - 2 🌻
Sun is expansion, Saturn solidification, the anti-life principle we call death. Stocks of carbon dioxide in the body form a source of chronic illnesses. All rooms should receive as much air and sunlight during the day as possible.
Rooms without sunlight are hotbeds of negative energies which lead to a loss of consciousness. Today there is a lot of wrong architecture blocking the vital energy.
Asanas exercises which keep the spine flexible help with the intake of the pranic force of the sunlight, especially the Sarvang Asana (shoulder stand posture). Drinking fresh water or fruit juices and eating fresh vegetables are also helpful.
The vital force of the Sun enters into the body via two main centres: via the sacral centre (spleen) and the centre between the shoulder blades which is located more closely to the heart centre than to the throat centre.
The rays of the morning Sun give fresh life and consciousness. It is very good to expose the body during this time to fresh air and to take in the golden light into ourselves; it doesn’t have to be the direct sunrays. The times of sunset are also helpful to receive a lot of vital force.
About 90 minutes before the Sun appears over the Eastern horizon a great surge of energy comes on our part of the planet, and less than 30 minutes before the Sun appears a second surge of energy rushes through the atmosphere, this one being still more powerful.
Master E.K. insisted very much that the disciples wake up in the early morning hours, take a shower and expose themselves to the rays of the early morning Sun.
Those who don’t do it cannot even dream of getting into any hierarchical work or of following the teachings.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Uranus / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
12.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 176 🌹
🌴 Sun and Consciousness - 5 🌴
✍️ Master E.
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Golden Disc 🌻
A disciple who can withdraw at will from the activity of externalisation through the senses is compared to the Sun that withdraws his rays, and thus the Sun globe becomes visible like a golden disc.
As the disciple progresses regularly, the radiance of the golden disc grows. It is very beautiful. It looks as though the solar globe is rising between two mountains.
The two mountains are our eyebrows, between which the light shines like a diamond disc in the Ajna-centre.
When the disc opens, it is deemed as the opening of the third eye. We cannot express the related bliss in words. It is fulfilment.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Hercules / Uranus / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology.
Continues...
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
13 Sep 2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 177 🌹
🌴 Mercury - The Light of the Soul - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Astrological Symbolism 🌻
To disclose the deeper aspects of esoteric astrology the scientists of astrology have developed a terminology and symbolism of their own. In that way they teach the science of correspondence as well as the combination of the faculties in man and his transformation.
An astrologer speaks in terms of planets. Instead of mind he uses the term “Moon”, for the intellect and the higher mind he uses “Mercury”, for wisdom “Jupiter”, for the push aspect “Mars”, for the joy aspect “Venus”.
He identifies Saturn with the habit-forming nature or with behaviour and the Sun with the “I Am”. Neptune stands for aesthetic feeling and Uranus for vision.
However, the celestial principles and their work can never be understood totally. Explanations always only get a part, and according to time, place and circumstances we get a different understanding and a different presentation of the same theme. Wisdom can be invoked and experienced. When we contemplate this way upon a celestial principle, each time we receive some different parts of what IS.
Symbolically speaking the Sun is the “I Am”-consciousness, a reflection of THAT. THAT refers to the Most High; in man it is related to Jupiter. So Jupiter is even above the Sun and resides in us above the head centre.
The Sun is in the Ajna or the forehead centre, Mercury in the throat and Venus in the heart centre. Moon is localised in the solar plexus, Mars in the sacral centre and Saturn in the base centre, the Muladhara.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology / Alchemy in the Aquarian Age.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
14.Sep.2020
🌴 Mercury - The Light of the Soul - 1 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Astrological Symbolism 🌻
To disclose the deeper aspects of esoteric astrology the scientists of astrology have developed a terminology and symbolism of their own. In that way they teach the science of correspondence as well as the combination of the faculties in man and his transformation.
An astrologer speaks in terms of planets. Instead of mind he uses the term “Moon”, for the intellect and the higher mind he uses “Mercury”, for wisdom “Jupiter”, for the push aspect “Mars”, for the joy aspect “Venus”.
He identifies Saturn with the habit-forming nature or with behaviour and the Sun with the “I Am”. Neptune stands for aesthetic feeling and Uranus for vision.
However, the celestial principles and their work can never be understood totally. Explanations always only get a part, and according to time, place and circumstances we get a different understanding and a different presentation of the same theme. Wisdom can be invoked and experienced. When we contemplate this way upon a celestial principle, each time we receive some different parts of what IS.
Symbolically speaking the Sun is the “I Am”-consciousness, a reflection of THAT. THAT refers to the Most High; in man it is related to Jupiter. So Jupiter is even above the Sun and resides in us above the head centre.
The Sun is in the Ajna or the forehead centre, Mercury in the throat and Venus in the heart centre. Moon is localised in the solar plexus, Mars in the sacral centre and Saturn in the base centre, the Muladhara.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology / Alchemy in the Aquarian Age.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
14.Sep.2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 178 🌹
🌴 Mercury - The Light of the Soul - 2 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. The Mediatory Principle 🌻
The Sun stands for our consciousness. He is the soul that we are. The light of the soul is Mercury. In the solar system Mercury is the planet most proximate to the Sun.
Therefore it says that he is a good friend of the Sun who can discriminate and give advice. He is also the mind of the soul, the higher mind or Buddhi, whereas the Moon represents the lower, earth-bound mind.
Mercury is the principle mediating between matter and spirit; he can interconnect the higher and the lower worlds. Therefore he is also called the messenger between the Gods and the humans.
Mercury is a kind of a neutral, reflecting principle which can work on the most different planes and always transmits the energies of the planets in his proximity.
If Mercury is connected to the lower centres or to “bad” planets, the individual can in a dangerous way be clever, intelligent and manipulative.
He does jugglery of words to impress others and gain profit. He doesn’t mean what he is saying, but makes others believe his words.
🌻 The Rat of Ganesha 🌻
In Vedic symbolism Mercury is humorously presented as a rat, whereas the deity ruling over it is the elephant-headed Ganesha, the supra-cosmic Jupiter. The rat is an excellent thief and knows how to appropriate something. Intelligent people who are not guided by higher motives are dangerous.
Today nearly the entire business life is profit-oriented and even education teaches maximisation of profits, this thus bringing great harm to humanity
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology / Alchemy in the Aquarian Age.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
#ChaitanyaVijnanam #PrasadBhardwaj #చైతన్యవిజ్ఞానం #MasterEK #WisdomTeachings
15 Sep 2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 179 🌹
🌴 Mercury - The Light of the Soul - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Jupiter and Mercury 🌻
Jupiter is love, wisdom and good will. Good will needs skill to express itself correctly, otherwise it remains impractical. Therefore Ganesha is said to be riding on a rat. Wisdom united with intelligence can bring itself to a good expression.
Thus the impressions transmitted by Jupiter are received by Mercury and passed on. If Mercury isn’t connected to Jupiter, he lacks in determination and in continuity of focusing on a noble purpose.
Through regular activities of good will the higher aspect of Mercury becomes active, the buddhic plane is stimulated and revelations of wisdom happen without our working for them.
Jupiter and Mercury together bring the light. Jupiter gives generosity and releases; he helps to liberate ourselves from the constriction of dense matter.
Jupiter stands for the Master, the Guru; the disciple is Mercury when he rises to the light of the buddhic plane. The mind is transformed into Buddhi when it is freed from the astral and etheric influences. He who has realised the higher aspect of Mercury will be above motives.
He has a fine organising ability and learns to transmit the wisdom of the higher planes to his fellow-men through books, talks or group-training. Mercury thus inspires through speech and elevates people to the awareness of the soul.
🌻 Communication 🌻
Speech can create harmony and equipoise. Therefore we should always speak pleasantly and express truth in a pleasant way. A poorly aspected Mercury leads to disputes, misconceptions and conflicts.
Mercury presides over thought, and thought is the communication of the Soul’s expression into the outer.
If Mercury in the natal chart of an individual is badly afflicted, he lacks a good self-expression. If a person has Mercury in a good position, he can conduct excellent communication and thus lift up people. As far as we can communicate, there is an energy flow between people. Without communication the energies are blocked.
Communication enables cooperation and gives the experience of communion. As planet of communication Mercury is therefore very important for group work.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology / Alchemy in the Aquarian Age.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
🌴 Mercury - The Light of the Soul - 3 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Jupiter and Mercury 🌻
Jupiter is love, wisdom and good will. Good will needs skill to express itself correctly, otherwise it remains impractical. Therefore Ganesha is said to be riding on a rat. Wisdom united with intelligence can bring itself to a good expression.
Thus the impressions transmitted by Jupiter are received by Mercury and passed on. If Mercury isn’t connected to Jupiter, he lacks in determination and in continuity of focusing on a noble purpose.
Through regular activities of good will the higher aspect of Mercury becomes active, the buddhic plane is stimulated and revelations of wisdom happen without our working for them.
Jupiter and Mercury together bring the light. Jupiter gives generosity and releases; he helps to liberate ourselves from the constriction of dense matter.
Jupiter stands for the Master, the Guru; the disciple is Mercury when he rises to the light of the buddhic plane. The mind is transformed into Buddhi when it is freed from the astral and etheric influences. He who has realised the higher aspect of Mercury will be above motives.
He has a fine organising ability and learns to transmit the wisdom of the higher planes to his fellow-men through books, talks or group-training. Mercury thus inspires through speech and elevates people to the awareness of the soul.
🌻 Communication 🌻
Speech can create harmony and equipoise. Therefore we should always speak pleasantly and express truth in a pleasant way. A poorly aspected Mercury leads to disputes, misconceptions and conflicts.
Mercury presides over thought, and thought is the communication of the Soul’s expression into the outer.
If Mercury in the natal chart of an individual is badly afflicted, he lacks a good self-expression. If a person has Mercury in a good position, he can conduct excellent communication and thus lift up people. As far as we can communicate, there is an energy flow between people. Without communication the energies are blocked.
Communication enables cooperation and gives the experience of communion. As planet of communication Mercury is therefore very important for group work.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology / Alchemy in the Aquarian Age.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
🌹 The Masters of Wisdom - The Centres of the Solar System - 180 🌹
🌴 Mercury - The Light of the Soul - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Narada 🌻
In the east, Mercury is also called Narada, the son born on the mental plane of Brahma, the creator, and Saraswathi, the Divine Word of wisdom. He always carries a Veena in his hand, a seven-stringed instrument symbolising the seven planes of creation which the sound penetrates. Narada passes the Word from the higher circles to the lower ones. Narada is also called the bringer of conflict, for on the lower planes he causes controversies and problems. On the higher ones he confers discrimination and an impersonal way of handling opposites and thus approaching unity in diversity.
In another aspect the Sanskrit name for Mercury is “Budha”. The one who is capable of receiving the energies from higher circles and transmitting them to the lower planes is a Buddha. Gautama Buddha has assumed the work relating to Mercury; he stays upon the planet to uplift people. The posture in which Buddha is depicted spreads silence. When we look at a statue of Buddha or meditate on it, we involuntarily become quiet. He spreads silence, and from out of silence we can experience better right speech.
The transmission of the word happens through the throat centre ruled by Mercury, which is related to the alchemy of transformation. The entire spiritual path is a work with the throat centre where the energies of the three lower centres are uplifted through right thought and speech to the three higher ones. In alchemy quicksilver, the metal of Mercury, is the chief implement of transformation. The principle of Sun we find in sulphur and the principle of earth, of the physical manifestation, in salt. When the mercury of our mind is stabilised through the use of sacred sounds and with the filter of discrimination by the elimination of unnecessary words, our speech transforms into gold. Gold is the metal of the buddhic plane. Through the purified throat centre a magnetic radiance develops which encourages, heals and spreads blessing.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology / Alchemy in the Aquarian Age.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
17 Sep 2020
🌴 Mercury - The Light of the Soul - 4 🌴
✍️ Master E. Krishnamacharya
📚 . Prasad Bharadwaj
🌻. Narada 🌻
In the east, Mercury is also called Narada, the son born on the mental plane of Brahma, the creator, and Saraswathi, the Divine Word of wisdom. He always carries a Veena in his hand, a seven-stringed instrument symbolising the seven planes of creation which the sound penetrates. Narada passes the Word from the higher circles to the lower ones. Narada is also called the bringer of conflict, for on the lower planes he causes controversies and problems. On the higher ones he confers discrimination and an impersonal way of handling opposites and thus approaching unity in diversity.
In another aspect the Sanskrit name for Mercury is “Budha”. The one who is capable of receiving the energies from higher circles and transmitting them to the lower planes is a Buddha. Gautama Buddha has assumed the work relating to Mercury; he stays upon the planet to uplift people. The posture in which Buddha is depicted spreads silence. When we look at a statue of Buddha or meditate on it, we involuntarily become quiet. He spreads silence, and from out of silence we can experience better right speech.
The transmission of the word happens through the throat centre ruled by Mercury, which is related to the alchemy of transformation. The entire spiritual path is a work with the throat centre where the energies of the three lower centres are uplifted through right thought and speech to the three higher ones. In alchemy quicksilver, the metal of Mercury, is the chief implement of transformation. The principle of Sun we find in sulphur and the principle of earth, of the physical manifestation, in salt. When the mercury of our mind is stabilised through the use of sacred sounds and with the filter of discrimination by the elimination of unnecessary words, our speech transforms into gold. Gold is the metal of the buddhic plane. Through the purified throat centre a magnetic radiance develops which encourages, heals and spreads blessing.
🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻 🌻
Sources: Master K.P. Kumar: Jupiter / notes from seminars / Master E. Krishnamacharya: Spiritual Astrology / Alchemy in the Aquarian Age.
Continues....
🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹 🌹
17 Sep 2020
---------------------------------------- x ----------------------------------------
No comments:
Post a Comment